Quarterlytics / Technology / Xero

Xero

xro · ASX Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker xro
Exchange ASX
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Xero
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
XERO LIMITED

Annual Report
2021

1

2

Contents

Highlights

About Xero

Chair’s Review

CEO’s Review

Xero’s response to COVID-19

Social and environmental impact

Key Risks

Our Performance

The Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Statement

Remuneration Report

Independent auditor’s report

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

Disclosures

Corporate Directory

2

3

5

9

19

23

33

36

55

57

73

94

99

103

138

139

147

Highlights

$848.8m

Operating revenue 

 Up 18% YOY

2.741m

Subscribers 

 Up 456,000 YOY

$963.6m

Annualised monthly recurring revenue 

 Up 17% YOY

$7.6b

Total subscriber lifetime value 

 Up $2.1b YOY

86.0%

Gross Margin Percentage 

 Up 0.8PP YOY

$56.9m

Free cash flow 

 Up $29.8m YOY

$1.3b

Total available liquidity 
Cash on hand, short-term deposits and undrawn 
committed debt facilities

$191.2m

EBITDA 

 Up $53.5m YOY

A global 
ecosystem 
of 1,000+ 
connected 
apps

300+ 
connections 
to banks 
and financial 
service 
partners

Xero was included in the 
2021 Bloomberg Gender-
Equality Index as one of only 
13 companies headquartered 
in Australia or New Zealand

Xero was certified carbon 
neutral by the Australian 
Government’s Climate  
Active program

Total value 
of invoices 
raised via 
Xero during 
FY21 - 
$984.9b

Total value of 
transactions 
through Xero 
platform in 
FY21 -  
$4.2t*

*Incoming and outgoing transactions

XERO ANNUAL REPORT3

About Xero

In this Annual Report, we showcase 
inspiring stories from Xero customers, 
partners and our people. We recognise 
that Xero would not be the company it  
is today without these communities.  
They share the world seen through their 
eyes, both during the past year, and as 
they look ahead to the future. 

4

Xero is a cloud-based accounting software platform for small businesses with 
more than 2.7 million subscribers globally. Through Xero, small businesses and 
their advisors have access to real-time financial data any time, anywhere,  
and on any device. 

Founded in 2006, Xero is a global business, domiciled in New Zealand and 
listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX: XRO). Our team of more 
than 3,600 employees is driven by our purpose to make life better for people 
in small business, their advisors and communities around the world.

The relationships we have with our partners in the accounting and 
bookkeeping communities are part of what makes Xero unique. Xero’s 
platform allows accountants and bookkeepers to collaborate with their  
small business clients on a single, up-to-date general ledger and manage  
their finances, including invoicing, payroll, tax compliance, cash flow, and  
much more.

Xero has built a thriving ecosystem of over 1,000 connected apps and more than 
300 connections to banks and financial service providers. With apps that support 
everything from inventory and logistics to point of sale and project management, 
the Xero App Marketplace empowers small businesses to build their own toolkit to 
run all aspects of their business, and have them all work together seamlessly. 

We are dedicated to building a socially conscious and environmentally sustainable 
business, benefitting the millions of customers we serve, their advisors, communities, 
and the shareholders and employees of Xero. We are committed to reducing our impact 
on the environment. During the year ended 31 March 2021 (FY21), Xero was certified 
carbon neutral by the Australian Government’s Climate Active program.

Our commitment to gender diversity and inclusion was recognised with Xero’s inclusion  
in the 2021 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index.

THROUGH THEIR EYES

Real-time data key to supporting clients

Pamela Phillips | Xero Partner |  
de Jong Phillips | United Kingdom

When COVID-19 hit, the de Jong Phillips team in 
Epsom, UK, was on the front foot. Instead of needing 
to spend time navigating working from home or 
figuring out how to embrace the cloud, director and 
co-founder Pamela Phillips and her team were straight 
on the phone with their clients, offering a much-
needed listening ear and, in time, financial advice.

“With Xero, our clients’ numbers are always up to 
date. The minute the pandemic happened, we could 
look into our clients’ Xero accounts and see whether 
they had a cash flow issue, which enabled us to 
quickly advise if they needed to secure funding, or 
consider if they needed to access the furlough scheme 
or make redundancies. If we didn’t have these quick 
insights, we would have had to spend months to get 
client files up to date. But we could help straight away 
– that was a massive help to our clients and made a 
huge difference to their stress levels at the time.”

As the pandemic continued to dominate the business 
landscape, Pamela and her team realised they needed 
to streamline their client communication. “Those 
conversations evolved into Zoom webinars, many 
inspired by resources on Xero’s Business Continuity 
Hub on Xero Central. We would follow up off the 
back of those with anyone who wanted a one-on-one 
conversation. This approach enabled us to reach 
more clients, and we also invited non-clients to our 
webinars, too.”

de Jong Phillips’ tech-savvy approach to business 
has played a key role in the survival of their clients’ 
businesses. As UK businesses start to recover, the 
support Pamela and her team provide will continue  
to be invaluable.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT6

’

I

C
H
A
R
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

5

Chair’s Review 

Small businesses are seeking 
services beyond cloud accounting, 
and we are responding to this  
with continued investment in  
our platform and products, and  
by making targeted acquisitions  
of additional services  
and capabilities.

Dear shareholder, 

We are seeing a significant shift in the way business is conducted around 
the world as digitisation accelerates across industries, and small businesses 
adopt cloud technologies. Operating at the intersection of technology and 
accounting, Xero is in a strong position to support our customers as they 
tackle these changes and realise the benefits of doing business in the cloud.

David Thodey AO 
Chair of the Board

At the same time, we acknowledge that for many 
people around the world, this year has been 
disruptive and even tragic, as nations, families  
and communities grapple with the impacts  
of COVID-19.

As a director of Xero, I am encouraged to see  
first-hand how small business owners have 
navigated their way through constantly changing 
market conditions and customer demands – in 
some cases entirely revising their business 
models, and adopting new technologies and  
ways of serving customers.

Against this backdrop, our business continues  
to grow strongly. Xero’s 2021 financial year (FY21) 
began on 1 April 2020 just as COVID-19 was 
escalating around the world. 

Our teams at Xero have remained focused on 
responding to changing customer needs and 
introducing new products and services, while at 
the same time executing our growth strategy, 
completing a significant capital raise, and making 
three strategic acquisitions. 

We are seeing small businesses turn to cloud-
based tools such as Xero to inform and guide  
their business decisions. From forecasting cash 
flow to tax compliance and running payroll,  
Xero’s small business platform continues to  
create value for our customers in today’s 
operating environment.

We are pleased to report strong subscriber growth 
during FY21, as we welcomed new customers 
and churn rates remained low, demonstrating 
the value of a Xero subscription to our new and 
existing customers. After a first half challenged by 
COVID-19, we added new subscribers at a record 
rate in the second half of the year, highlighting the 
continued demand for cloud-based tools across 
all our markets.

Today, more than 2.7 million subscribers use  
Xero globally. They have access to Xero’s 
ecosystem of more than 1,000 connected apps 
and over 300 connections to banks and financial 
service providers.

Looking ahead we are optimistic as new  
digitally native businesses are being launched, and 
existing businesses switch to online tools. More 
economies are reopening, or preparing to reopen, 
and small businesses are adapting their business 
models in preparation for a post-pandemic world.

Focus on strategic investments
Small businesses are seeking services beyond 
cloud accounting, and we are responding to this 
with continued investment in our platform and 
products, and by making targeted acquisitions of 
additional services and capabilities. 

We were pleased to see significant confidence 
in Xero and our strategy when we undertook a 
successful capital raise of US$700 million, via 

zero-coupon convertible notes. We were able  
to raise an additional US$408 million of capital, after 
associated transaction costs and early repayment of 
the majority of the existing 2023 convertible notes.

The new capital provides Xero with greater financial 
flexibility to pursue strategic investments and  
deliver ongoing innovation and support to our 
customers and partners. This includes the 
acquisitions completed recently, including Waddle,  
a cloud-based lending platform; Planday, a  
workforce management solution; and Tickstar, an 
e-invoicing infrastructure business. 

Responsible data use, security  
and trust
Our vision for Xero is to be the most insightful and 
trusted small business platform. Customer data is  
at the heart of this, and we are committed to 
ensuring that the data we hold is secure, used 
responsibly, transparently, and with consent. 

We invest heavily to protect data on the Xero 
platform, and encourage our customers to adopt 
practices that help keep their accounts and  
data safe.  

We continue to review and enhance our data 
governance, as well as provide policies and 
education to guide Xero employees on responsible 
data use – whether that is in designing products, 
developing features for customers, or entering  
into partnerships.

We also know that security is integral to building  
and operating a trusted platform. To better 
safeguard our customers, in March we began the 
implementation of multi-factor authentication (MFA) 
globally, which provides an extra layer of protection 
during login. 

This year we enhanced our platform’s security 
infrastructure and laid the foundations for greater 
automation and an improved operating model for 
our security services.

Xero’s social and environmental 
impact
Xero was recognised with carbon neutral 
certification by the Australian Government’s 
Climate Active program in February. The 
certification is the culmination of almost 
two years of work by our teams following our 
commitment to be carbon neutral across all areas 
of our business as part of our environmental 
sustainability program, Net Zero @ Xero. 

From the beginning of our carbon neutral 
program, we have offset our calculated emissions 
through the purchase of carbon certified offset 
projects in Indonesia, India, and New Zealand. 
In FY21, we expanded our sponsorship of the 
Fishermans Bay Conservation Project near  
Akaroa in New Zealand. More information 
about Xero’s FY20 carbon disclosure, emission 
reduction plans, and projects in place to offset 
our emissions can be viewed on the Climate 
Active website.

We remain focused on reducing Xero’s impact 
on climate change. We intend to report on our 
response to climate change, in alignment with the 
standards of the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures. More information about our 
social and environmental impact program is on 
page 23.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
8

’

I

C
H
A
R
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

7

Right: Xero  
team members, 
New Zealand

In 2021, Xero earned a place in the 
Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index 
for the second consecutive year.

Black Accountants to bring greater parity for 
Black accounting and finance professionals 
through technical training, networking, and 
career opportunities. 

Also paramount, is broad representation that 
reflects the diversity of the customers and 
communities we serve. We are taking steps so 
that, over time, our Board and leadership team 
better reflect this diversity.

Last year, we set numerical targets for 
representation of women at Xero. For our 
leadership team and across the company, we took 
a 40:40:20 approach – at least 40% women and 
40% men, with the remaining 20% unspecified to 
allow for flexibility and to recognise that gender 
is non-binary. 

For our Board, our target gender balance is at 
least three female directors and at least three 
male directors, with an intended Board size of 
seven to nine directors. 

As of 31 March 2021, 63% of our leadership team 
and 42% of our employees were women, and we 
had three female and five male directors. More 
information about our initiatives in this area  
is in the corporate governance statement on  
page 57.

In 2021, Xero earned a place in the Bloomberg 
Gender-Equality Index for the second consecutive 
year. Xero is one of just 13 companies in the index 
headquartered in Australia or New Zealand. 
At the same time, we recognise there is more 
to do, and we look forward to creating a more 
diverse and inclusive organisation.  

Our focus on developing people leaders at Xero 
aims to ensure we create and lead diverse teams, 
where each person feels they belong. In support 

Risk management  
As a high-growth company, we recognise that 
managing risks and opportunities is critical to 
the execution of our strategy and maintaining the 
trust of all stakeholders. 

The Board takes this responsibility seriously, 
and Xero has a risk management framework in 
place that includes regular updates to the Board. 
Further information on our approach is on page 
33 of this report. 

Diversity and inclusion
At Xero, diversity means acknowledging, 
appreciating, and celebrating all the many ways 
we are different in all its forms, both visible and 
not. It includes differences that relate to gender, 
age, culture, ethnicity, race, disability, family 
status, language, religion, sexual orientation, 
gender identity, as well as differences in 
background, skills, work styles, perspectives,  
and experiences. 

We are focusing on racial equality and diversity 
through several initiatives and partnerships. The 
global Black Lives Matter movement reinforced 
the need for everyone to tackle racism and racial 
inequality, a responsibility we take seriously 
at Xero. Recently, our team in the US entered 
a partnership with the National Association of 

of this, we recently launched a leadership training 
program for all managers to equip them with tools 
to create and support an environment that is 
psychologically safe and inclusive. 

Board update
As Chair of Xero’s Board, I could not have 
navigated this year’s challenges without the 
support and guidance of our experienced 
team of directors. With COVID-19, we had more 
frequent Board meetings as we worked with the 
management team to navigate the challenges of 
the pandemic. I would like to thank our directors 
for the extra time and counsel they have provided.

We were pleased to welcome Steven Aldrich, 
who joined the Board in October 2020. Steven 
is US-based, and his technology and product 
development expertise in small business services 
is proving invaluable as we execute our strategy in 
North America.

On behalf of the Board, thank you to Xero’s 
leadership team and to all our Xero people for 
their exceptional efforts this year. 

Conclusion
Looking ahead, we expect digital transformation 
to continue to accelerate around the world. 
As a company born in the cloud, Xero is well 
positioned to support our customers as they 
adapt to these digitally driven ways of working. 

We are seeing small businesses turn to 
cloud-based tools such as Xero to inform 
and guide their business decisions. 
From forecasting cash flow to tax 
compliance and running payroll, Xero’s 
small business platform continues to 
create value for our customers in today’s 
operating environment.

As the world moves toward a post-pandemic 
state, all of us at Xero remain focused on our 
purpose of making life better for people in small 
business and their advisors and communities 
around the world.

The Board remains committed to supporting the 
business to invest in the growth of Xero as we see 
the significant global market opportunity for our 
products and services.

Sincere thanks to our customers, partners, and 
shareholders for the trust you place in Xero. 

David Thodey 
Xero Chair

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
10

’

C
E
O
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

9

CEO’s Review 

Planday, Xero’s largest acquisition 
to date, provides a workforce 
management platform serving 
employers and their employees in 
Europe, the UK and the US.

Steve Vamos
Chief Executive 
Officer

Dear shareholder, 

Xero has an important responsibility to meet the current and future 
needs of our customers by investing in product innovation and customer 
experience, and pursuing our vision to be the most insightful and trusted 
small business platform.

The last year has been deeply challenging for 
Xero people, our customers, partners and their 
communities. During the year, we focused our efforts 
on doing what we could to support our customers 
and partners’ immediate needs, while continuing  
to pursue our longer-term purpose and strategy.

Xero finished FY21 strongly and enters FY22  
with momentum and confidence in our long- 
term strategy.

There are a number of major global trends that  
help shape our strategy, particularly when 
considered through a 10-year lens. These include 
adoption of cloud technologies, digitisation of tax 
and compliance, innovation in financial services,  
and the post COVID-19 recovery of the small 
business economy.

This year brought home to many people in small 
businesses the need to understand their financial 
position in real-time and how it may change in  
future. Having this insight became more important 
than ever, and the value our customers place in  
their subscription and connection to the broader 
Xero community was clear.

Looking ahead we believe small businesses will be 
a major driver of economic recovery in a post-
pandemic world. Small businesses make up more 
than 90% of businesses in the markets Xero  
operates in, and represent a significant proportion  
of employment and gross domestic product in  
those markets.

FY21 results update
We welcomed 456,000 net new subscribers in FY21, 
taking total subscribers to over 2.7 million globally. 
In the second half of the year, we added 288,000  
subscribers – our strongest half-year period ever. 

EBITDA, net profit and free cash flow increased 
strongly compared to FY20. This reflects top-line 
growth together with close management of  
expenses and considered capital allocation. 

The impact of COVID-19 was most pronounced 
during the first few months of FY21, and we adopted 
a responsive spending and investment approach. 
As conditions and confidence improved in many 
of our markets, investment in growth picked up 
and coincided with the markedly higher subscriber 
additions in the second half of the year.

Execution of strategy
We made good progress in FY21 executing  
Xero’s growth strategy. Xero’s strategic priorities,  
set out below, guide our decision-making and how  
we invest. 

•  Drive cloud accounting adoption – increasing  

the penetration of small business cloud 
accounting software

•  Grow the small business platform – extending 
and enriching Xero as a platform to help small 
businesses run their business

•  Build for global scale and innovation – preparing 

Xero to realise our aspirations to become the most 
insightful and trusted small business platform

Digitisation of tax and compliance continues to be 
a trend that is driving adoption of cloud accounting. 
An example is the UK Government’s Making 
Tax Digital initiative, the next stages for which 
are coming up in 2022 for those under the VAT 
threshold and 2023 for Income Tax. During FY21 we 
continued to invest in readiness for these changes.

Supporting our priority to build for global scale  
and innovation, we raised US$700 million of capital 
in new convertible notes at a zero-coupon rate and 
repaid the majority of the existing 2023 convertible 
notes. We were therefore able to successfully raise 
an additional US$408 million of capital through 
the transaction. As we execute our strategy, the 
proceeds give us flexibility to, among other things, 
pursue strategic investments such as the three 
acquisitions we announced during the year, of 
Waddle, Planday and Tickstar.

In FY21, we acquired Waddle for a total consideration 
of up to AUD$80 million (approximately NZD$87 
million). Waddle is a cloud-based lending platform 
that leverages accounting data to help small 

businesses gain access to working capital and  
better manage cash flow. Waddle’s addition to Xero 
will help grow our small business platform by  
solving for critical small business financial needs.

Planday is Xero’s largest acquisition to date, 
purchased for up to €183.5 million (approximately 
NZD$305 million). Planday provides a workforce 
management platform serving employers and their 
employees in Europe, the UK and the US. Planday 
simplifies worker scheduling, payroll compliance, 
and communication with employees. This 
acquisition will help grow Xero’s small business 
platform by expanding it to serve more employing 
businesses and their employees.

In anticipation of e-invoicing growth worldwide, we 
acquired e-invoicing technology provider Tickstar 
for up to SEK150 million (approximately NZD$25 
million). Tickstar provides e-invoicing network 
access points and capabilities that promise to 
enable faster, more secure transactions and help 
drive cloud accounting. 

Areas of planned strategic investment

Strategic 
priorities

Drive cloud  
accounting

Grow small  
business platform

Build for global scale 
and innovation

Areas of 
planned 
investment

Best-in-class cloud 
accounting for small 
business

Extend access and 
distribution to serve 
all small businesses

Serve small businesses 
with multi-lingual 
editions

Small business needs 
beyond accounting 
and compliance

Payments and access 
to capital

New applications 
leveraging data, 
artificial intelligence  
and machine learning

Attract, inspire and 
retain world class 
talent

Robust technology  
to drive innovation  
at speed

Optimised operational 
and financial structure

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
11

12

’

C
E
O
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

Market highlights

North America 
Subscribers grew by 18% in the year to 285,000 
with a notable recovery in net additions in H2 
FY21. Revenue increased by 2% (6% in constant 
currency (CC)) reflecting the loss of revenue 
from bundling Hubdoc into Xero Business Edition 
subscriptions in late FY20 and the absence of any 
Xerocon-related revenue in FY21.

UK 
Subscribers grew by 17% to 720,000. Revenue 
grew by 22% (23% in CC). A marked recovery in 
H2 FY21 (the UK’s second strongest half year 
period ever) resulted in net subscriber additions 
for the year of 107,000.

Rest of World 
Subscribers grew by 40% to 175,000, the largest 
annual increase this market has delivered to date. 
The largest contributors to subscribers were 
South Africa and Singapore. Revenue grew by 27% 
(32% in CC).

Australia  
Subscribers grew by 22% in FY21 to reach 
1,115,000. Revenue was up 20% (18% in CC). Good 
demand for Xero’s revised Starter product and 
increased partner channel adoption helped drive 
Australia’s best ever year for subscriber growth.

New Zealand 
Subscribers grew by 14% in the year to 446,000. 
Revenue increased by 12%. This marked the best 
full year net subscriber performance in three 
years and demonstrates continued opportunity  
to move to the cloud, particularly in the  
partner channel.

ANZ

International

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom North America

Rest of World

FY21

YOY

FY21

YOY

FY21

YOY

FY21

YOY

FY21

YOY

Subscribers

1.12m +22%

446k

+14%

720k

+17%

285k

+18%

175k

+40%

Net additions

201k

+7%

54k

+32%

107k

-29%

44k

-4%

50k

+19%

Revenue

$384m +20% $130m +12%

$224m +22% $57m

+2%

$54m +27%

1.56M SUBSCRIBERS (+20% YOY)

1.18M SUBSCRIBERS (+21% YOY)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
13

14

’

C
E
O
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

This year brought home to many 
people in small businesses the 
need to understand their financial 
position in real-time and how it 
may change in future.

Right: Xero  
customer, Poplar 
Petfood & Produce, 
Australia

To achieve our aspiration to make life better for 
people in small business, we want to get Xero 
into the hands of as many accountants and 
bookkeepers as possible. We know Xero helps to 
drive deeper and more meaningful conversations 
between advisors and their clients, based on 
accurate financial insights.

As part of our strategy to strengthen relationships 
with global accounting firms, in March we signed 
a global agreement with BDO. BDO is the first to 
be awarded Xero Global Partner status. Xero will 
become BDO’s preferred accounting solution for its 
small and medium-sized clients worldwide. Initial 
participating member firms are expected to include 
BDO in Australia, New Zealand, the UK and Canada.  

Talent and leadership  
Attracting, retaining and inspiring world-class 
talent is a priority and critical to our growth. We aim 
to hire people who are purpose-driven, customer-
centric and passionate about small business. Our 
team of Xero people around the world grew 19% to 
more than 3,600 employees, adding more than  
550 employees over the year.

As Xero continues to scale and support more 
customers, we are expanding our product and 
technology teams globally. During the year, our 
Toronto office in Canada became Xero’s North 
American hub for product and technology 
innovation. We also continued to invest in our 
existing hubs in Wellington, Auckland, Melbourne 
and Canberra.

We are proud of how our people responded to 
COVID-19, and delivered features that customers 
needed the most. During calendar year 2020,  
Xero’s product and technology teams collectively 
doubled the number of back and front end 
application updates, even with the disruptions of 
COVID-19 and people moving to work remotely.

Enhancing connections for our 
customers and accounting and 
bookkeeping partners  
During the year, we enhanced Xero’s customer 
experience by adding ecosystem apps, 
partnerships and bank feeds. 

Xero now has an ecosystem of more than 1,000 
connected apps. These apps provide vital services 
for our accounting and bookkeeping partners 
and small business customers in areas such as 
point of sale, inventory management and financial 
forecasting – to name just a few. 

We extended our partnerships with financial 
institutions around the world, and, as a result, 
Xero now supports more than 300 connections to 
banks and financial service providers.

Our US customers gained direct connections to 
Citibank, Bank of America and Chase Bank in 
early 2021, following agreements made in previous 
years. Many of our US customers now have 
access to high quality, API-driven bank feeds that 
automatically import transactions into Xero from 
the four biggest US banks. We also launched a 
direct API bank feed with Nedbank in South Africa.

We expanded our payments capabilities, 
delivering a new way to manage and pay multiple 
bills at once in the UK in partnership with Wise 
(formerly known as Transferwise). We also 
enhanced our invoice payment experiences with 
Stripe and GoCardless, making it more seamless 
for businesses to accept payments.

We continue to ensure that Xero’s leadership 
team is structured to optimally address the 
needs of our customers and drive consistency of 
decision-making and sharing of ideas across all 
of our markets.

During the second half of FY21, we expanded the 
remit of Xero’s Chief Customer Officer role to lead 
our global sales and customer functions including 
the Managing Directors in each region. The 
region Managing Directors continue to focus on 
building brand presence and driving subscriber 
momentum in the markets they lead.

Evolution of the Xero Small 
Business Insights program
We advanced our Xero Small Business Insights 
(XSBI) program by launching the monthly Xero 
Small Business Index in May 2021. This index 
measures a number of important indicators 
within the small business segment. It allows a 
unique country-by-country comparison of small 
business sales, wages, jobs and invoice payment 
times across Australia, New Zealand and the UK.

Created by Xero with help from Accenture, the 
Xero Small Business Index uses anonymised, 
aggregated data from hundreds of thousands 
of small businesses, to give monthly insights 
across our largest markets. Equipped with this 
information, policymakers have a clearer picture 
of the small business economy so they can make 
better-informed decisions.

Our people
I’d like to acknowledge and thank all Xero 
people around the world for their commitment, 
passion, and hard work during FY21. Our people 
have adjusted well to working from home 
despite many facing isolation, conducting 
homeschooling, and living with health and 
wellbeing concerns.  

In the face of these challenges, I’m proud of how 
we have continued to support one another and our 
customers. We have demonstrated and lived our 
values, especially #team and #human.

We focused on supporting the wellbeing of our 
people and our customers during COVID-19 and 
established a wellbeing function within our people 
experience team to grow our efforts in this area. 
We created a wellbeing hub for our people, with 
resources for them and their families, including an 
information kit for parents, and we listened to our 
people through regular pulse surveys and Ask Me 
Anything sessions to understand how we could 
support them. 

We also updated our flexible working policy to give 
our people choice in terms of where and what hours 
they work including adjustable start and finish 
times, compressed work weeks and remote working.

Outlook
Xero will continue to focus on growing its global 
small business platform and maintain a preference 
for reinvesting cash generated, subject to 
investment criteria and market conditions, to drive 
long-term shareholder value.

Total operating expenses (excluding acquisition 
integration costs) as a percentage of operating 
revenue for FY22 are expected to be in a range of 
80–85% which is consistent with levels seen in the 
second half of FY21 and the pre-pandemic period. 
Integration costs, relating to the three acquisitions 
announced during FY21, are expected to increase 
total operating expenses as a percentage of 
operating revenue by up to 2% for FY22.

As previously stated, the acquisition of Planday 
is expected to contribute approximately three 
percentage points of additional operating revenue 
growth in FY22.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
15

16

’

C
E
O
S
R
E
V
E
W

I

Product updates
We made significant investments in product development and technology in FY21, delivering new tools for 
small businesses and their advisors to manage and monitor their operations. We made enhancements that 
focus on providing fast and accurate data, streamlined workflows, and deeper insights to help our customers. 

Below are some of the product initiatives and delivery highlights.

Starter plan
There has been strong uptake of our enhanced 
Starter plan, which is tailored for early-stage 
businesses with simpler needs, such as sole 
traders. The revised plan removed the limit on 
bank reconciliation and provides for the ability to 
approve and send up to 20 invoices per month. 
Like all Business Edition plans, it also includes 
Hubdoc for automated document collection  
and management.

Xero Tax UK
In FY21, we enabled UK accountants and 
bookkeepers to lodge company tax for their 
customers directly via Xero practice management 
tools. Xero Tax has helped to drive growth in our 
more developed markets, and we are investing for 
the next phases of Making Tax Digital in 2022  
and 2023.

Payroll UK 
Xero Payroll software was updated to process 
furlough leave for eligible current or reinstated 
employees, as well as apply for the HMRC Job 
Retention Scheme payments for employees.

Payroll Australia 
We delivered tools to help Australian customers 
assess their eligibility for the JobKeeper wage 
subsidy, make payments to employees, and file the 
required reports to the Australian Taxation Office. 

Short-term cash flow
This tool takes data from a customer’s Xero 
account – such as their bank accounts, bills, and 
invoices – to produce a current view of cash flow. 
It projects a bank balance as much as 30 days into 
the future, showing the impact of existing bills and 
invoices if they’re paid on time.

E-invoicing (Australia & New Zealand)
We launched the ability for customers to send 
e-invoices from Xero via the international Peppol 
network. E-invoicing eliminates manual entry and 
increases accuracy at the recipients’ end, as data 
fields automatically populate in their e-invoicing 
software, and can contribute to faster payment.

Business snapshot 
This is a visual dashboard of key financial metrics 
showing customers’ business performance at a 
glance: income, expenses, average time to get 
paid, and average time to pay suppliers (debtor 
and creditor days), as well as their balance sheet 
position and cash balance. 

Xero Projects - profitability 
This new dashboard in Xero Projects provides at-a-
glance visibility of the profitability of each project. 

Practice management updates 
Accountants and bookkeepers now see a unified 
client list across Xero HQ and Xero Practice 
Manager, enabling them to easily send documents 
for small businesses to sign remotely with 
Document Packs.

Conclusion 
We are pleased with our progress in FY21 under 
challenging conditions, and we enter FY22 with 
continued focus on our purpose: to make life 
better for people in small business, their advisors 
and communities around the world. 

We see tremendous opportunity and demand for 
small business to contribute to economic and 
social recovery, while recognising that COVID-19 is 
still impacting many people and communities. 

Xero will continue to work hard to support our 
customers by continuing to invest in product 
development, strategic acquisitions and 
partnerships that enable us to address their 
current and future needs.

Thank you to our people, customers and partners, 
shareholders and everyone who supports Xero.

Steve Vamos 
Chief Executive Officer 

THROUGH THEIR EYES

Focus on Spotlight

Richard Francis, CEO | Xero App Partner | 
Spotlight Reporting | New Zealand

Spotlight Reporting, an app that delivers deep reporting and 
business insights, has been connected to Xero for a decade. 
When it joined Xero’s ecosystem, it was one of a dozen app 
partners. Since then, Spotlight has expanded beyond its 
home country of New Zealand to serve customers globally. 

“Xero’s decision to allow its customers to share their 
accounting data with apps in 2010 opened up opportunities 
for us to support small business in new ways,” says Spotlight 
CEO and founder Richard Francis. 

Xero already had a suite of features and functionalities, and 
Spotlight’s team was able to create solutions that extended 
these capabilities.

Richard added, “Suddenly we could turn real-time Xero data 
into meaningful and tailored performance reports with a click 
of a button. This added another layer of sophistication for 
our customers, enabling them to make real-time decisions to 
support their business.”

Richard explains that Xero attracted the kind of accountants, 
bookkeepers and advisors that Spotlight wanted to work  
with – those who focused not just on taxes but advisory.  
This included strategy, mentoring, and producing visual 
forecasts and budgets that helped business owners reach  
their financial goals. 

“If small and medium businesses are having better 
conversations with their advisors and making smarter 
decisions, then everyone benefits,” says Richard. 

Since 2010, Xero’s ecosystem has attracted app partners that 
handle everything from inventory management and point of 
sale to employee rostering and more. 

“Because Xero is continually innovating, we’re motivated to 
do the same,” says Richard. “We keep moving and offering 
capabilities that are different or extensions of what Xero 
does. And it works very well.”

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
18

T
H
R
O
U
G
H
T
H
E
R
E
Y
E
S

I

17

THRO UG H T HEIR E YES

Xero + apps – the secret to success

Kristen Buttress | Xero Customer |  
Kristen’s Kick-Ass Ice Cream | South Africa

For Kristen Buttress, Managing Director of Kristen’s Kick-Ass Ice Cream in South 
Africa and Mauritius, using Xero alongside a suite of connected apps from the 
Xero App Marketplace, has enabled her to grow her business. It’s also given her 
the most precious thing of all – more time with her two young children.

Kristen says handing her business reins over to her accountant, and putting 
her trust in Xero and apps Vend, Shopify, SimplePay, and Dext (previously 
ReceiptBank) just over a year ago, has been a game changer for her business 
and her personal life.

Vend and Shopify enabled Kristen to keep her business operating throughout 
COVID-19. During lockdown, facilitated by the two apps, she upgraded her 
website and started offering ice cream deliveries.

“I love how all the apps talk to each other, and integrate well with Xero.  
If I ever want to know how my business is doing, I can see my receivables, 
payables, and how my bank accounts are looking. And if I need any further 
information, my accountant walks me through it. It’s enabled me to grow as  
a business owner and given me so much time back to work on my business  
and be with my family.” 

And being able to clearly see her accounts receivable via Xero has given her 
the confidence to move her wholesale clients from cash accounts to 30-day 
accounts, leading to more income from those customers, not to mention the 
time savings: “I used to spend about 30 hours a month on paperwork – now it’s 
more like two!”

If I ever want to know how my business is 
doing, I can see my receivables, payables, 
and how my bank accounts are looking.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
20

’

X
E
R
O
S
R
E
S
P
O
N
S
E
T
O
C
O
V
D
-
1
9

I

19

Xero’s response to COVID-19

What drives Xero is our purpose: to make 
life better for people in small business, 
their advisors and communities around the 
world. During COVID-19, we acted to help 
our customers and people adapt to new 
ways of working in a number of ways.

COVID-19 Xero Crisis 
Management Team 
comprising leaders from 
Xero teams globally is 
formed to monitor COVID-19 
and make decisions to 
ensure the safety of our 
people and our business  
(March 2020)

Customer Response 
Team is established to, 
among other things, assist 
small businesses, provide 
dedicated 24/7 guidance 
including how to access 
support from governments 
and Xero (March 2020)

Xero Hour expands to 
more regions for small 
businesses, accountants 
and bookkeepers. These 
free online sessions offer 
advice from industry experts 
on marketing, business skills 
and wellbeing, and a forum 
to exchange knowledge  
(April 2020)

Xero HQ offers monthly 
revenue export to make it 
easier for accountants and 
bookkeepers to help identify 
clients across their practice 
that need government or 
additional support  
(May 2020)

Xero HQ offers document 
packs in Australia to 
help partners collaborate 
remotely with their clients, 
adding the ability to 
organise clients’ tax returns 
and financial documents, 
share them and get them 
e-signed, all within Xero 
(June 2020)

Xero Business Finance 
Pack app is released. 
Creates nine financial 
reports using the most 
up-to-date Xero data, 
including reports commonly 
requested when applying 
for a business loan in NZ 
(August 2020)

Xero On Air goes live. Xero’s 
first digital customer and 
partner engagement series 
covering major product 
announcements and sharing 
strategies for businesses 
and partners to navigate 
COVID-19 (September 2020)

March 2020

April

May

June

July

August

September

Shifted all Xero employees 
to remote working and 
closed all of our offices 
(March 2020)

Wellbeing Hub is 
launched with resources 
for Xero employees and 
their families, including a 
wellbeing kit to help with 
mental health and keeping 
active (April 2020)

Xero Payroll becomes 
JobKeeper-enabled for 
Australian customers to 
provide access to government 
stimulus packages, 
accommodate pandemic-
related leave in the UK, and 
allow customers to calculate, 
apply for, and pay wage 
subsidies to employees in NZ  
(April 2020) 

Education webinars are 
hosted for thousands of 
accounting and bookkeeping 
partners on how to help 
clients access government 
support for COVID-19 in 
Australia, the UK, and NZ 
(webinars hosted from March 
through June in Australia, 
UK, and NZ)

Take Your Business Online 
kit is released for customers 
in NZ (July 2020)

Short-term cash flow 
product feature is 
enhanced for small business 
customers to project a 30-
day bank balance, showing 
the impact of existing bills 
and invoices (June 2020)

Xero enhanced Starter 
plan is launched, removing 
limits on bank reconciliation 
and increasing invoicing 
limits to help sole traders, 
start-ups and customers 
with less complex needs  
(September 2020)

Xero Small Business 
Insights publishes 
Pandemic Insights report 
covering NZ, Australia, and 
the UK to show impacts of 
COVID-19 on small business 
and inform government 
policy (September 2020)

Increased wellbeing programs

June 2020

September

September

October

January 2021

March

Americas Town Hall 
session: Facilitated 
by a leading diversity 

Beyond Blue partnership: 
In Australia, our partnership 

with Beyond Blue is 

Head of Wellbeing:  
We appointed a Head of 

Xero Assistance Programme: 
In NZ, the Xero Assistance 

Shift Collab: We launch a 
partnership with Shift Collab 

Flexible work at Xero: 
Flexible policy evolves to 

Wellbeing to promote 

Programme is extended from 

in the US, offering a series of 

give employees choice in 

and inclusion expert to 

established, giving our 

the welfare of our people 

a pilot to provide free and 

mental wellbeing workshops 

terms of where and what 

provide Xero employees 

partners access to a range 

globally, with a focus on 

confidential wellbeing support 

for our accounting and 

hours they work, including 

an opportunity for open 

of mental wellbeing content 

their psychological needs 

for customers, accounting and 

bookkeeping partners and 

compressed work weeks  

dialogue on racism and 

(September 2020)

(September 2020)

bookkeeping partners, and 

our small business clients 

and remote roles  

racial inequity (June 2020)

their employees and families 

(January 2021)

(March 2021)

(October 2020) 

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
22

T
H
R
O
U
G
H
T
H
E
R
E
Y
E
S

I

21

THRO UG H T HEIR E YES

Xero supports quick pivot  
to virtual team building

Michael Alexis | Xero Customer | Museum Hack 
and TeamBuilding | United States

When COVID-19 changed the events landscape across 
the world, Museum Hack owner Michael Alexis and 
his business partner, Tasia Duske, had to get creative. 
Practically overnight, their unconventional ‘renegade’ 
tours of museums in major US cities went on hold, and  
a new business was born – TeamBuilding. 

In the whirlwind that followed, Xero’s accurate, up-to-date 
financial data and insights enabled Michael to get a clearer 
picture of his business performance, enabling him to form 
an action plan for survival. 

“Having up-to-date figures is essential, especially during a 
time when there is so much fluctuation. Looking closely at 
our expenses, we identified where we could cut costs. We 
made the tough decision to lay off the majority of our staff 
and switched to our new virtual team building business.”

Virtual team building events such as ‘Tiny Campfire’ 
– including real s’mores – and ‘Gingerbread Wars’ – 
gingerbread decorating kits – are some of TeamBuilding’s 
most popular events. While they sound delicious and fun, 
Xero helped Michael identify their financial viability. 

“During the holiday season, the gingerbread kits literally 
overwhelmed our delivery process – our couriers refused 
to take any more packages from us! Xero allowed us to see 
what revenue Gingerbread Wars was bringing in but also 
what it was costing us – particularly the cost of shipping 
in winter months when we were sending the kits out last 
minute. Revenue is nice, but operating costs and expenses 
are also important.”

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
23

24

Xero’s social and environmental impact  
and diversity and inclusion programs

THROUGH THEIR EYES

I

S
O
C
A
L
A
N
D
E
N
V
R
O
N
M
E
N
T
A
L

I

We are committed to building a diverse and inclusive business that 
operates sustainably for the benefit of the millions of customers we serve, 
their advisors and communities, our shareholders and the people at Xero.

Xero’s social and environmental impact (SEI) 
and diversity and inclusion (D&I) programs are 
focused on meeting our responsibilities in these 
areas and scaling our business in a way that 
reduces our impact on the planet and builds and 
scales a diverse workforce. 

Expanding and evolving these programs is a 
priority for Xero, and we enter FY22 having made 
progress toward this goal. 

Our SEI program identifies four key 
categories: 
•  Supporting our people

•  Supporting our communities

•  Supporting our customers (business support)

•  Supporting the environment

This section contains an update on our recent 
efforts under each of these categories.

Supporting our people
Work-life balance
Work-life balance is essential for wellbeing and  
is an area we focused on during FY21. In March  
we updated our flexible working policy to give  
our people choice in terms of where and what 
hours they work including adjustable start and 
finish times, compressed work weeks and  
remote working.

Having a healthy work-life balance is particularly 
important when starting or growing a family. 

To help address the challenges our people face 
during this time, in FY21 we expanded Xero’s 
parental leave policy.

All primary carers, regardless of how they 
become a parent, are entitled to full leave 
payments equivalent to 26 weeks. For employees 
whose partner has a child, adopts a child or 
brings one into their care, we offer up to six weeks 
of paid leave. 

It can be difficult for new parents to jump straight 
back into work after time away. ‘Keeping in touch’ 
days help employees to keep connected with 
colleagues by returning to work for up to 10 days 
while on parental leave, paid at their usual salary.

When employees return to work following 
parental or partner’s leave, with the support  
of their manager they can choose initially how 
they want to work including returning on a  
part-time basis.

Diversity and Inclusion
Diversity in the workplace is essential for high-
performing and healthy teams. We actively seek  
a diverse pool of candidates and maintain a 
culture of inclusion to help our people feel valued 
and respected and to have a sense of belonging 
and fairness.

Xero considers D&I a priority in the creation 
of a sustainable business that is capable of 
delivering long-term value to shareholders and 
our broader communities. Xero embraces the 
diverse experience, ideas, skills and perspectives 
of our people – which enables us to innovate, 

attract and retain top talent, and better reflect 
and serve our customers, partners, and our 
communities. Xero takes a broad view of the 
meaning of diversity and believes that through 
inclusion we will tap into the power of our 
people’s differences.

We believe our Board and leadership team 
should reflect this diversity across a range 
of dimensions, including racial and ethnic 
diversity, and we will work towards more 
diverse representation over time.

Six key principles provide the framework 
for our goal of developing and maintaining 
a diverse and inclusive workplace and the 
implementation of initiatives to support this. 
They are:

•  We value diversity because it reflects our 

customer base and ensures our people thrive

•  We’re all accountable to create an inclusive 

culture

•  We’re committed to attracting diverse talent 

and hiring fairly

•  We support flexible ways of working

•  We’re committed to equal pay for equal work

•  We have an obligation to champion diversity 

and inclusion in the community

We recognise the importance of an inclusive 
culture and representation that reflects the 
diversity of the customers and communities  
we serve. 

In February 2021, we launched an inclusive 
leadership training program for our managers 
to ensure our leaders understand how to create 
and lead diverse teams.

I

M
P
A
C
T

Enjoying my time as  
a new parent

Tessa Khoo | Xero Employee | 
Marketing Director | Singapore

What does support for parents typically look  
like in Asia? 
Support for parents is very different in this part of the world. 
Women aren’t encouraged to take maternity leave beyond 
the standard four months – there’s an underlying social 
pressure to get back to work as soon as you can. I personally 
don’t know anyone who has taken more time off. And new 
fathers or secondary carers typically don’t take more than a 
week off work. 

What does Xero’s new parental leave policy  
mean for you? 
In an environment where things are so uncertain, I’m 
grateful to work in an organisation that genuinely cares how 
it supports its people in both their personal and professional 
lives. The new Xero policy of six months’ paid parental leave 
means I have more time to focus on my family and the huge 
transition we’ll be going through. For me and other parents-
to-be at Xero, it helps ease the social pressures that many 
new parents feel, and additionally makes a huge difference 
to fathers or secondary carers. Paternity leave isn’t really a 
thing in Asia, but Xero’s policy gives up to six weeks’ fully 
paid parental leave to secondary carers, too. 

How does going on parental leave affect  
your team? 
Taking more time out from work creates more opportunities 
for my team. Part of Xero’s parental leave policy includes 
paid ‘keeping in touch’ days, which enables new parents at 
Xero to feel included and supported by Xero while on leave. 
I want to stay connected while I’m on leave, so I’ll be using 
those days. But it also gives me a chance to set the team up 
with the right support, so they can lead and flourish in new 
areas while I’m away.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
25

X
E
R
O
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T

Right: Our social 
and environmental 
impact framework 

26

I

S
O
C
A
L
A
N
D
E
N
V
R
O
N
M
E
N
T
A
L

I

Extending our efforts on inclusion, in February 
2021 we appointed a Head of Digital Accessibility. 
This role will help ensure Xero’s product 
development considers customers who have 
sensory or cognitive impairments, or physical 
limitations, that could impact their ability to use 
our products.

As of 31 March 2021, 63% of our Xero 
leadership team1 and 42% of our 
employees were women, and we had 
three female and five male directors  
on our Board. 

Addressing racial inequality and diversity 
We want to play our part in tackling systemic  
racial inequality. We want to welcome more 
people from underrepresented groups to Xero and 
strive to foster an inclusive, culturally safe work 
environment where people feel supported to build 
their careers.

Examples of initiatives undertaken this year include:

•  We worked closely with a diversity and  
inclusion consulting expert on a plan to 
evaluate and increase the racial and ethnic 
diversity of our employees, beginning with North 
America. We recently expanded our diversity 
and inclusion team with the appointment of a 
diversity & inclusion program manager based 
in the US to help implement a plan and share 
lessons across our global business. The insights 
and actions from what we have learnt in North 
America are being considered for all our regions

•  We conducted training for people leaders in 

North America focused on understanding the 
workplace experience of Black professionals,  
led by the Black Professionals in Tech Network

•  Diversity is important to our accounting and 
bookkeeping partners as well. In early 2021, 
we partnered with the National Association of 
Black Accountants (NABA) in the US. We are 
working to drive awareness of Xero – both as 
a cloud accounting platform and an employer 
– and offer Black Xero employees professional 
development and growth opportunities  
through NABA

•  In addition, we are teaming up with the Oakland 

Black Business Fund (OBBF) in Northern 
California. Xero will offer OBBF’s small business 
and bookkeeping members access to our cloud 
accounting software, educational resources,  
and certification workshops

Gender balance
As of 31 March 2021, 63% of our Xero leadership 
team1 and 42% of our employees were women,  
and we had three female and five male directors  
on our Board. 

Outside of the Board level, across our organisation, 
we continue to work towards our long-term goal of 
women representing 50% of our employees who 
identify in the gender binary.

We’re proud that Xero was included in the 2021 
Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index for the second 
consecutive year. Xero is one of just 13 companies 
headquartered in Australia or New Zealand that 
have earned this distinction for 2021. 

¹ Refer to the CEO Review, which sets out the expanded 
role for the Chief Customer Officer and new reporting lines 
for the Managing Directors in each region. These changes 
have increased diversity at the leadership team level.

More information about our initiatives to support 
gender diversity is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Statement (see page 57).

Supporting our communities 
Xero Community Appeal 
In July 2020, we launched the Xero Community 
Appeal, our first global fundraiser, to support 
charities helping the most vulnerable and 
marginalised people in the countries Xero is based. 
The appeal ran for six months through a fundraising 
portal with Xero customer, Catalyser (catalyser.
com). To kick the appeal off, Xero pledged $50,000 
and matched all individual donations.

Together we raised almost $200,000, which has 
been donated to charities in the regions that Xero 
operates in. This amount can provide:

•  A safe night of accommodation for 1,400 women 

fleeing domestic violence in New Zealand

•  3,667 mental health consults in Australia and 

the UK

•  6,139 hygiene kits to help children in Asia stay 
healthy and minimise the risk of COVID-19 
transmission 

•  Support for 457 Black youths in Canada to  
build the skills and confidence to run their  
own businesses 

Supporting mental health
To support the mental health and wellbeing of 
New Zealanders, we continue to offer the Xero 
Assistance Programme (XAP) to our customers. 
This initiative provides free access to mental 
health support and counselling for all Xero’s 
New Zealand accounting and bookkeeping 
partners. It also includes all subscribers to Xero 
Starter, Standard and Premium plans plus their 
employees and families. 

I

M
P
A
C
T

Together we raised almost

$200,000

for the Xero Community appeal,  
enough for charities to pay for all  
of the following:

A safe night of accommodation for

1,400

women fleeing domestic violence

3,667

mental health consults

6,139

hygiene kits to help children stay  
safe during COVID-19

support for

457

Black youths to build the skills and 
confidence to run their own businesses

 
 
 
 
 
27

THRO UGH  THEIR E YES

A place where my voice is 
heard and elevated

Dahalia Jenkins | Xero Employee | 
Product Marketing Manager |  
United States

What’s it like working at Xero? 
It’s been a breath of fresh air. Taking the leap of faith to 
join Xero in April 2020, right as the world felt like it was 
falling apart, was really liberating. Even though I haven’t 
yet met anybody I work with in person, it’s been cool to be 
able to build relationships with team members around the 
world and still feel connected via our video meeting tools 
and All Hands meetings. I’m especially looking forward 
to meeting my colleagues in New York, who I’ll be able to 
spend time with once the world opens up again.

What’s been the highlight of your time at  
Xero so far? 
A lot was happening in the US last year with the Black 
Lives Matter movement and other issues, and it was a 
lot to digest and take on. Unofficially, a group of us got 
together and formed an Employee Resource Group called 
Black Xero. We started Black Xero to have a virtual safe 
space where we could discuss everything impacting 
the US. Eventually, we expanded and started sharing 
information with the broader US team. Having great 
discussions about race relations and how we can come 
together to make things better has been wonderful. 
And having the support of Tony Ward (President, Xero 
Americas) and the leadership team made it possible for  
us to make our group legitimate.

Are there any initiatives or policies you’ve 
used in the past 12 months and what’s your 
experience been?  
Once a month or so, our people experience team in the US 
hosts workshops to help us with our mental health and 
general wellbeing. Sessions have covered topics such as 
nutrition, overcoming imposter syndrome, and breaking 
perfectionism. I know I’m a person who suffers from these 
things – they’re always playing in the back of my head. 
Those sessions have been really helpful, and it’s been 
refreshing to come together and just see that I’m not 
alone. I look forward to those sessions as they help me to 
work on myself in a safe environment.

28

I

S
O
C
A
L
A
N
D
E
N
V
R
O
N
M
E
N
T
A
L

I

I

M
P
A
C
T

The XAP service is 100% confidential and 
provided by Benestar, an expert provider 
in mental health services. The initiative is 
designed to offer treatment along with lifestyle 
advice that can prevent mental health issues 
from arising. In addition, XAP offers advice on 
physical health and managing relationships at 
home and work. 

In Australia, Xero has partnered with Beyond 
Blue, a not-for-profit provider of mental health 
initiatives that provides our employees and 
accounting and bookkeeping partners with free 
access to mental health resources.

In 2020, we joined Shift Collab, a leader in 
mental health education, to deliver a series of 
mental health workshops to our employees 
across the US. We later expanded this to  
include separate sessions for accounting  
and bookkeeping partners and small  
business clients.

Community engagement 
In FY21, we continued our community outreach 
and engagement program with the goal of 
fostering racial, gender and ethnic diversity 
among today’s students, who are tomorrow’s 
generation of talent. After shifting our program 
largely online due to COVID-19, our initiatives 
included creating an online coding adventure for 
young people in New Zealand, co-creating the 
Trailblazing Women in Tech quiz for girls aged 
9 to 13 with the She# team and supporting a 
number of our people to participate as mentors 
in the GirlBoss Edge: Engineering & Technology 
online career accelerator for high school-age 
young women. 

We are fortunate to have been able to resume 
some community engagement activities in 
person, such as hosting work experience days 

for a group of young women and Māori and 
Pasifika students in New Zealand, ShadowTech 
days for teachers to spend a half-day alongside 
IT professionals, and a She# networking event 
for women working in technology.

In the US, we awarded the first Xero Forward 
Fund scholarships. These recognise outstanding 
students who bring unique backgrounds, 
perspectives and skills that will help influence 
the future of accounting. The three winners each 
received a US$10,000 scholarship for tuition or 
other associated study costs.

Supporting non-profit organisations 
To help local non-profit organisations, Xero’s 
employee volunteer program Community 
Connect entitles all Xero employees to a paid 
day of leave each year. In FY21, our people 
volunteered in their local communities as 
COVID-19 restrictions allowed, contributing 
almost 3,000 hours. 

Xero also provides over a million dollars in 
discounts annually to non-profit organisations 
and community groups through our non-profit 
discount program.

Responsible supply chain
We have a Supplier Code of Conduct at Xero 
and, using a risk-based approach, we have 
integrated it into our supplier due-diligence 
process. Our procurement team has received 
ethical procurement certification provided by 
the Chartered Institute of Procurement  
& Supply so that it can better recognise 
situations where we need to safeguard against 
unethical behaviours and consider modern 
slavery risks in our supply chain. We aim to 
have a positive impact through our influence on 
our supply chain and by working with socially 
conscious vendors.

Modern slavery and human trafficking
We remain vigilant on modern slavery risks, 
have policies and processes to help us address 
these risks, and we regularly assess the 
effectiveness of our actions. Given the visibility 
we have over our operations, we consider our 
modern slavery and human trafficking risk to  
be relatively low.

Most of our suppliers are located in New 
Zealand, Australia, the US and the UK. These 
countries have a low prevalence of modern 
slavery and governments that take strong 
action against it.

Xero’s costs largely comprise technology-
related and marketing and advertising-related 
goods and services, and our contracts require 
our suppliers to act in accordance with all 
applicable laws. Similarly, our recruitment 
process includes right-to-work checks for 
all employees to safeguard against human 
trafficking and modern slavery risks. 

In March, we were one of more than 80 
companies to sign a petition calling for the 
New Zealand Government to pass a Modern 
Slavery Act. This legislation would bring New 
Zealand into line with other jurisdictions and 
would require businesses to understand the 
risks of modern slavery in their purchasing, to 
publicly report on those risks, and take action 
to address them. Our current modern slavery 
statement, prepared under Australian and UK 
law, is available on our website. 

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
30

I

S
O
C
A
L
A
N
D
E
N
V
R
O
N
M
E
N
T
A
L

I

I

M
P
A
C
T

Conclusion
We thank all of our people, partners and their 
communities, and investors for their support. We 
will share more on our efforts as the year unfolds. 

For information on Xero’s social and 
environmental impact, and diversity and inclusion 
initiatives, visit xero.com/socialimpact

29

Right: Steve Vamos, 
Xero CEO and  
Craig Hudson, Xero 
Managing Director - 
NZ & Pacific Islands 
at Fishermans Bay, 
New Zealand 

Supporting businesses
Small business environmental tools
We are exploring how to support small businesses 
in adopting more sustainable ways of working. 
To help educate them on reducing their carbon 
footprint, we created a guide for small business, 
an educational video, webinar, blogs, and a case 
study with actions small businesses can take now.

Partners in the Xero App Marketplace are 
also helping small businesses operate more 
sustainably. For example, the Carbon Analytics 
app integrates with Xero and converts a US or UK 
small business’s purchase data – such as utilities 
and petrol – into carbon and water equivalents to 
calculate the business’s carbon footprint.

In FY21, our people volunteered in 
their local communities as COVID-19 
restrictions allowed, contributing 
almost 3,000 hours. 

Xero will continue looking into scalable resources 
and support models that help both us and 
small businesses operate in an environmentally 
conscious way.

Supporting the environment
Climate
Our environmental sustainability program Net 
Zero @ Xero is our commitment to carbon 
neutrality. As part of our journey to becoming 
carbon neutral, Xero has undertaken a number of 

activities to decrease our energy consumption (see 
below) and has purchased certified carbon offsets 
to offset 100% of our remaining carbon emissions. 

Carbon offsets have been purchased from projects 
in Indonesia, India and New Zealand. This includes 
recently expanding our sponsorship of the 
Fishermans Bay Conservation Project near Akaroa 
in New Zealand. That means that in addition to 
the Fishermans Bay project’s carbon benefits, 
we’re also directly supporting biodiversity-related 
activities such as yellow-eyed penguin sanctuary 
habitat management; possum and predator pest 
control work; noxious weed control work; and 
provision and maintenance of safe tracks for 
public and educational groups.

In FY21, Xero was certified carbon neutral by the 
Australian Government’s Climate Active program.

In addition, we have taken the following steps to 
support sustainability:

•  Reducing electricity consumption via efficiency 
measures within Xero offices such as sensor and 
timer lighting, extensive use of LED lighting in all 
offices, working with air conditioning engineers 
and landlords to improve the efficiency of 
heating and cooling systems 

•  Cutting waste production and increasing 

recycling rates including e-waste collection and 
compost bins in some offices 

•  Making procurement decisions that consider  
the carbon intensity of our suppliers and our 
climate impact 

•  Evolving our flexible work policy to allow our 
people to choose how many days a week they 
work from home and how many in the office, 
with their manager’s approval. We expect this 
will reduce carbon emissions associated with a 
reduction in people commuting to work

•  Encouraging our people to use alternative 
modes of transport to get to work, such as 
cycling, by offering ‘end of trip’ facilities 
including showers, bike cages and lockers 

•  Purchasing Forest Stewardship Council-

certified paper stock for jobs that require 
printing

•  Proactively working with Amazon Web 

Services (AWS), our cloud services provider, 
to determine how we can operate our 
infrastructure more efficiently and mitigate 
future emissions. AWS is committed to running 
its business in the most environmentally 
friendly way possible and achieving 100% 
renewable energy usage for its global 
infrastructure by 2025

Each year our business is growing to serve more 
customers, and as we do so, we remain mindful 
of Xero’s impact on the natural environment and 
the climate. While we are proud of our progress on 
carbon neutrality, we recognise there is more to 
do to understand and minimise this impact.

As a key focus for Xero, we will be investing in 
this and setting targets that are appropriate and 
sustainable for the long term. A key step for FY22 
will be to start our journey to report in alignment 
with the Recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
31

THRO UG H T HEIR E YES

Making a positive impact  
in many ways

Rae Biffin | Xero Employee |  
Senior Post Production Artist |  
Australia

What made you want to join Xero?
When I started looking for a new job, I sought out  
companies with values similar to my own, and companies  
with solid wellbeing policies. I did a lot of research about 
Xero’s values and initiatives and I felt like the direction 
Xero was heading was also where I wanted to go. The Net 
Zero @ Xero initiative (our commitment to offset 100% 
of Xero’s carbon emissions) is something that really 
attracted me, because it aligns with my own personal 
values. And it’s nice to be able to come to work and 
see Xero taking positive steps when it comes to our 
environmental impact.

Having a supportive and approachable 
direct manager really enables me to 
bring my full self to work. 

What’s it like working at Xero?
I really enjoy working for a company that’s striving 
to have a positive impact through supporting small 
business. And having a supportive and approachable 
direct manager really enables me to bring my full self to 
work. My direct manager is a wonderful listener and  
a calming presence, so having him on the team is 
something I’m grateful for.

How does Xero help you to be yourself  
at work?
Xero’s #human value reflects the authenticity, passion, energy, and 
purpose that we all bring to work each day. Different opinions and 
ways of life are also welcomed. Knowing that most of my co-workers 
share this value, I find it easy to have conversations at work – even 
ones that might feel a bit tricky to navigate. That makes working as a 
team feel more effortless, and I’m able to focus more on the creative 
side of my work. 

32

T
H
R
O
U
G
H
T
H
E
R
E
Y
E
S

I

Understanding the importance 
of mental wellbeing

Theo Redmond | Xero Employee |  
Workplace Experience and Hospitality Assistant | 
New Zealand

What made you want to join Xero?

In 2016, I had the opportunity to work with Xero at an event 

called Fieldays – I was a barista at Xero’s stand. I got a glimpse 
of Xero’s culture and values and I thought it was amazing. 

Everyone was so kind and #human. So when a role came up, 
I didn’t think twice about applying.

What’s it like working at Xero?
I love that there is so much diversity at Xero and that 
everyone gets to bring their whole self to work every 
day. The big one for me is how much our leaders care 
about our wellbeing. I find it amazing that I can take 
paid wellbeing leave for my mental health, and that 
it’s just a normal thing – as normal as having a cold. 
It’s been awesome to not feel any kind of stigma or 
pressure about mental wellbeing. 

What’s been the highlight of your 
time at Xero so far?
Being able to connect with other Xeros (Xero 
employees) remotely through the COVID-19 level four 
lockdown. At first, it was a real challenge for me. I had to 
really think about how to give our team a platform where 
they could still feel engaged, inspired and empowered 
– but from home. I feel like that’s a huge part of my role 
every morning with the barista service – I’m giving banter, 
I’m giving energy, I’m giving life. I’m basically setting the tone 
for everyone’s day. I came up with Theo Talks, a 15 minute daily 
online talk show. Theo Talks really gave me a platform to connect 

and it also pushed me to challenge my fear of speaking in public. 
Now, I have the confidence to be part of productions like Xero On Air 
and Xerovision, and it’s just turned into a beautiful thing.

I find it amazing that I can take paid 
wellbeing leave for my mental health,  
and that it’s just a normal thing.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
33

Key Risks

Xero is a long-term focused and high-growth 
business with operations located around 
the world. As a result, we address a variety 
of opportunities and face a range of risks, 
which we consider from a sustainable,  
long-term value creation perspective. 

Xero recognises that all management and 
employees have a role to play in this area.  
Therefore, we have aligned accountability 
for managing risk to the globally recognised 
‘Three Lines Model’. Key roles are outlined in 
the diagram below. 

The Xero risk framework is designed to 
identify material financial and non-financial 
risks that may impact our ability to achieve 
our strategic objectives.  

Risk assessment and mitigation are part 
of our culture at Xero, and responsibility 
is shared between the Board and senior 
managers. The Board sets and approves the 
risk framework and risk appetite statement, 
and provides oversight of management’s 
execution of the framework.

Xero’s Risk Management Accountability 
Three Lines Model

The Xero Board

Deciding the nature and extent of the risks 
Xero is prepared to take to meet objectives

The Board’s role: Set risk appetite, and oversight 
of the risk management framework

Xero Leadership Team  
& Management

Establishing risk management framework and 
managing risks with Board defined risk appetite

First line’s role 
Day to day 
ownership and 
management  
of risks and 
controls

Second line’s 
role 
Expertise, support, 
monitoring and 
challenge on risk-
related matters

Assurance

Independent assurance over 
risks

Third line’s role 
Independent and objective 
assurance and advice on the 
effectiveness of risk and  
control management

E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

A
s
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
P
r
o
v
i
d
e
r
s

Key

Accountability, 
reporting

Delegation, 
direction, resources, 
oversight

Alignment, 
communication, 
coordination, 
collaboration

34

K
E
Y
R
S
K
S

I

The table below highlights some of the key risks facing Xero and the high-level mitigation activities we have in place.

Strategic risks

Mitigation

Strategic execution 
Failure to execute our 
strategic initiatives leading to 
reduced revenue growth and 
reputational impacts

Product delivery 
execution 
Failure to deliver new products 
and innovations that meet our 
customers’ needs

Access to talent/
workforce planning 
Inability to attract, develop 
and retain talent to deliver  
on strategy

Competitive intensity  
and disruption  
New technologies and/or 
competitors that impact 
Xero’s ability to deliver on 
our strategic priorities and 
financial performance

•  Program and project governance over strategic initiatives with regular review, oversight 

and reporting

•  Alignment of strategic initiatives with annual operational plans, objectives and  

key results

•  Executive sponsorship and accountability for each strategic initiative

•  Investment in engineering and product-development capability
•  Prioritisation of initiatives to focus available resources and talent on delivery of highest 

priority projects

•  Xero invests in targeted customer and market research programs, which are used to 

inform future product-development needs and priorities across Xero 

•  Attraction and retention strategies in place including flexible work practices and career 

development opportunities 

•  Continually exploring new resourcing options to ensure we can access talent
•  Recruitment team in place across all regions
•  Succession planning processes for key roles in place

•  Systems in place for monitoring and responding to competitor and market activity
•  Development of strategic partnerships and pipeline of potential acquisitions
•  Increased investment in core product development, along with additional resourcing 

options to enable faster product development

M&A and related 
business integration 
Failure to successfully realise 
value and/or integrate new 
acquisitions as planned

•  Board and leadership team oversight of integration activities and performance with  

corporate development team and Xero Investment Committee in place

•  Board approved integration framework including pre-acquisition due diligence 

processes in place

•  Dedicated M&A Integration Management Office established 

Social and environmental  
(including climate) 
Failure to create a diverse and 
sustainable business, resulting  
in financial, reputational and 
brand damage 

Operational risks

Platform stability 
Failure or disruption of 
our platform, resulting in 
customer churn and/or 
reputational damage 

Data and cyber security 
breaches 
Security controls and processes 
are insufficient, leading to a 
breach and resulting in loss of 
data or system functionality, 
customer churn, and/or 
reputational damage 

•  Regular review and oversight of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) initiatives 

and risks by leadership team and Audit and Risk Management Committee

•  Development of a road map underway to align with the Task Force on Climate-related 

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) guidelines for climate reporting

•  Net Zero @ Xero carbon neutrality commitment
•  Diversity and inclusion policy and procedures in place

•  Strategic focus on, and investment in, best practice technologies and engineering 

capabilities 

•  Regular monitoring of and reporting on platform and database performance

•  Disaster recovery, business continuity and crisis management plans in place 

•  Governance and oversight mechanisms such as the Security Governance Group, Data Use 

and Governance Group, Audit and Risk Management Committee risk updates

•  Data security and awareness programs for all Xero employees and partner education

•  Best practice tools and processes in place to provide multi-layer protection against 
unauthorised access, e.g. multi-factor authentication, security penetration testing

•  SOC2 and ISO 27001 compliance and certification, including regular external audits

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
35

COVID-19 recovery 
Failure to manage Xero’s 
potential financial, operational, 
and people risks (and 
opportunities) from COVID-19

•  Regular financial oversight and monitoring of impacts across our markets including  

Crisis Management Team

•  Investment and strategic focus on opportunities created by increased digitisation trends
•  Ongoing support of customers and employees

Wellbeing, health  
and safety  
Failure to protect employees’ 
wellbeing, health and safety 

Legal, regulatory and 
compliance 
Failure to manage legal, 
regulatory and compliance 
risks that may impact Xero’s 
products, brand and/or 
financial returns

Financial risks

Capital access and 
management  
Failure to allocate 
resources appropriately and 
productively and constraints 
on access to capital 

Adverse global 
economic conditions 
Significantly weakened 
global conditions, as a result 
of the pandemic, could  
harm our business and 
financial condition

Emerging risks

Legal and regulatory 
changes 
Failure to identify and 
manage changes to the 
regulatory environment that 
may introduce new risks and/
or present new opportunities 
to our business

Machine learning and 
artificial intelligence 
Failure to manage risks  
and opportunities,  
leading to financial and 
reputational impacts

•  Investment in dedicated programs and resources that support our employees, including 

Flexible Working and Respect and Responsibility Policies

•  Regular surveys and reporting on employee wellbeing, and engagement metrics  

and trends 

•  Regular review and oversight of regulatory and compliance areas by the leadership team 

and Audit and Risk Management Committee

•  Regular review and updates undertaken in monthly product risk and regulatory forums, 

and at the Security Governance Group and Data Use Governance Group

•  Policies, procedures, training and education provided over key regulatory and compliance 

areas, supported by internal and external audits

•  Proactive and regular dialogue with regulators and industry bodies

•  Maintaining strong relationships with banking partners and investors 
•  Regular review of capital strategy such as our recent convertible notes raising
•  Governance oversight of capital allocation and investment by the Audit and Risk 

Management Committee and and the executive level Treasury Governance Committee 

•  Regular financial oversight and monitoring across our markets
•  Governance and oversight from the Board
•  Detailed financial analysis and scenario modelling to enable responsive changes to  

spending and investment approaches

•  Monthly product risk and regulatory forums
•  Regulatory team to provide input on emerging changes and potential business impacts
•  Global government relations function to coordinate proactive government and policy 

engagement strategy  

•  Governance oversight from the Data Use Governance Group and focus on ethical and 

responsible use of data and machine learning 

•  Approach is framed by Xero Responsible Data Use Commitments, which include a 

specific commitment on reducing data and algorithmic bias that may adversely impact 
small business owners

•  Emerging data literacy programs to drive awareness and understanding of best practice 

across the Xero engineering and analytics community

XERO ANNUAL REPORT36

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Our Performance

You should read the following commentary with the 
consolidated financial statements and the related notes in 
this report.

Some parts of this commentary include information 
regarding Xero’s plans and strategy, and include forward-
looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. 
Actual results and the timing of certain events may differ 
materially from future results expressed or implied by the 
forward-looking statements contained in this commentary. 
All amounts are in New Zealand dollars (NZD) except where 
indicated. References to the period or FY21 are for the 12 
months ended 31 March 2021. References to H1 FY21, or the 
first half, refer to the six month period ended 30 September 
2020. References to H2 FY21, or the second half, refer to the 
six month period ended 31 March 2021. References to the 
comparative period or FY20 are for the 12 months ended 31 
March 2020.

Non-GAAP measures have been included as Xero believes 
they provide useful information for readers to assist in 
understanding Xero’s (the Group’s) financial performance. 
Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed 
in isolation or considered as substitutes for measures 
reported in accordance with New Zealand equivalents to 
International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS).

As Planday A/S (‘Planday’) and Tickstar AB (‘Tickstar’) were 
acquired on 1 April 2021, their performance and position are 
not included in these results.

 
37

Business results

Year ended 31 March

Subscription revenue

Other operating revenue

Total operating revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin percentage

Total operating expenses

Percentage of operating revenue

Other income and expenses

Asset impairments

Operating profit

Percentage of operating revenue

Net finance expense

Income tax credit/(expense)

Net profit

Percentage of operating revenue

*pp stands for percentage points 
**NM stands for not meaningful

2021 
($000s)

828,106

20,676

848,782

(118,893)

729,889

86.0%

2020  
($000s)

696,220

22,011

718,231

(106,582)

611,649

85.2%

(663,825)

(580,090)

78.2%

(4,377)

-

61,687

7.3%

(105,623)

63,710

19,774

2.3%

80.8%

2,550

(1,427)

32,682

4.6%

(22,845)

(6,501)

3,336

0.5%

change

19%

-6%

18%

12%

19%

0.8pp*

14%

-2.6pp

NM**

NM

89%

2.7pp

NM

NM

NM

1.8pp

During FY21, Xero continued to execute its growth strategy, resulting in strong financial results despite the ongoing challenges of 
COVID-19. Xero delivered top-line revenue growth and operational discipline, along with an alignment of expenditure as 
appropriate to the operating environment presented by COVID-19. This has resulted in increases to EBITDA and free cash flow in 
the year.

The resilience of Xero’s global business model has meant that, despite the impact of COVID-19 on Xero’s financial and operating 
performance, Xero has been able to continue to invest in scaling its global business, developing new products, and driving quality 
subscriber growth. This investment was increased in the second half of the year as the impacts of COVID-19 on our markets 
became clearer, resulting in considerably lower EBITDA and free cash flow in the second half than in the first half.

Operating revenue growth was driven by subscriber growth in all markets. Xero reached key milestones in the first half of FY21 with 
both the Australian market and the International segment surpassing one million subscribers. In H2 FY21, Xero built on this with 
the ANZ segment surpassing 1.5 million subscribers. Xero ended FY21 with 2.7 million subscribers.

Gross margin improved by 0.8 percentage points compared to FY20. This was due to the realisation of further productivity gains 
from Xero Central (Xero’s customer experience and community platform). Total operating expenses increased by 14% against the 
comparative period, but decreased by 2.6 percentage points as a proportion of operating revenue. This decrease was a result of 
Xero cutting back on expenditure early in the year in response to the uncertainty related to COVID-19. Operating costs increased in 
H2 FY21 as the operating environment and market opportunities became clearer. Growth in total operating revenue of 18% 
exceeded growth in total operating expenses, resulting in operating profit of $61.7 million in FY21, up $29.0 million from $32.7 
million in FY20.

The increase in net finance expense was largely driven by one-off losses on term debt on extinguishment of the 2023 convertible 
notes and recognition of the 2025 convertible notes. Lower market interest rates also contributed to a reduction in interest 
income, compared to FY20.

Net profit was impacted by losses on term debt and transaction costs relating to the extinguishment of the 2023 convertible notes 
and settlement of the 2025 convertible notes of $72.8 million. Net profit was also impacted by a benefit to tax expense resulting 
from recognition of a deferred tax asset on New Zealand tax losses and carried forward R&D expenditure of $65.0 million. The net 
impact of the convertible notes and the deferred tax one-offs in FY21 was an $7.8 million loss resulting in $19.8 million net profit.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT38

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA)  

EBITDA disclosures (which are non-GAAP financial measures) have been included as Xero believes they provide useful information 
for readers in understanding Xero’s financial performance. EBITDA is calculated by adding back net finance expense, depreciation 
and amortisation, and income tax expense/(credit) to net profit.

Year ended 31 March

Net profit

Add back: net finance expense

Add back: depreciation and amortisation

Add back: income tax expense/(credit)

EBITDA

EBITDA margin

2021 
($000s)

19,774

105,623

129,541

(63,710)

191,228

22.5%

2020  
($000s)

3,336

22,845

105,061

6,501

137,743

19.2%

change

NM

NM

23%

NM

39%

3.3pp

EBITDA increased by $53.5 million in FY21 compared to FY20, resulting in EBITDA margin increasing from 19.2% in FY20 to 22.5% 
in FY21. The increase in EBITDA was driven by a combination of revenue growth and operational discipline, which resulted in a 
decrease in spending as a proportion of operating revenue.

Revenue grew by 18% compared to FY20 due to subscriber growth of 20%. Total operating expenses as a proportion of operating 
revenue decreased from 80.8% in FY20 to 78.2% in FY21. This was driven by efficiencies, as well as deliberate decreases in H1 FY21 
spend in response to the COVID-19 environment, particularly across the sales and marketing function.

In H1 FY21, total operating expenses decreased by 10.1 percentage points to 70.4% as a proportion of operating revenue compared 
to H1 FY20. In contrast, H2 FY21 total operating expenses increased 4.5 percentage points to 85.5% as a proportion of operating 
revenue compared to H2 FY20 (an increase of 15.1 percentage points from H1 FY21). This decrease in total operating expenses in H1 
FY21, and subsequent increase in H2 FY21, reflects Xero’s continual assessment of the operating environment, and the balance 
struck between responding to the operating environment and optimising long term growth. Xero continues to demonstrate a 
commitment to invest for the long-term with product design and development expenses increasing 40% compared to the 
comparative period, significantly higher than operating revenue growth of 18%. 

Operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenue

90.0%

80.0%

70.0%

60.0%

H1 FY19

H2 FY19

H1 FY20

H2 FY20

H1 FY21

H2 FY21

 
39

EBITDA excluding the impact of non-cash share-based payments and impairments (a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided as 
Xero believes it provides useful information to analyse trends in cash-based operating expenses.

Year ended 31 March

EBITDA

Add back: non-cash share-based payments

Add back: non-cash impairments

EBITDA excluding non-cash share-based  

payments and impairments

Percentage of operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

191,228

42,731

-

233,959

27.6%

2020  
($000s)

137,743

34,336

1,427

173,506

24.2%

change

39%

24%

NM

35%

3.4pp

EBITDA excluding non-cash share-based payments and impairments for FY21 was $234.0 million, an improvement of $60.5 million 
or 35% compared to FY20. Operating revenue growth of 18% exceeded the growth of cash-based operating expenses, which grew 
by 12%. This resulted in EBITDA excluding non-cash share-based payments and impairments improving as a percentage of 
operating revenue by 3.4 percentage points.

Cash flows and liquidity 

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that has been included to demonstrate net cash generated by, and invested into, 
the business. Xero defines free cash flow as cash flows generated from operating activities less cash flows used for investing 
activities, excluding cash used for acquisitions of, and investments into, businesses and strategic assets.

Year ended 31 March

Receipts from customers

Other operating cash flows

Total cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Add back: acquisitions

Free cash flows

Percentage of operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

845,963

(627,324)

218,639

(197,970)

36,277

56,946

6.7%

2020  
($000s)

717,264

(550,635)

166,629

(139,524)

-

27,105

3.8%

change

18%

14%

31%

42%

NM

110%

2.9pp

Free cash flows increased by $29.8 million in FY21, from $27.1 million in FY20 to $56.9 million. As a percentage of total operating 
revenue, this was a 2.9 percentage point increase from 3.8% in FY20 to 6.7% in FY21.

Receipts from customers increased by 18% or $128.7 million to $846.0 million in FY21. This aligns with the year-on-year increase in 
total operating revenue of 18% and subscriber growth of 20%. Cash flows from operating activities increased by $52.0 million to 
$218.6 million as receipts from customers grew at a faster rate (18%) than other operating cash flows (14%).

Cash outflows from investing activities, excluding acquisitions, increased by 16% or $22.2 million. The increase was largely driven 
by higher capitalised spend on product design and development, which increased by $28.5 million or 26% compared to FY20. The 
acquisition cash flows of $36.3 million related to the acquisition of Waddle in October 2020. As Planday and Tickstar were 
acquired in April 2021, they are excluded from this result.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
40

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Free cash flows

$60m

$50m

$40m

$30m

$20m

$10m

$0

($10m)

($20m)

($30m)

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Total available liquidity (defined as cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits including proceeds from convertible notes, and 
undrawn committed debt facilities) at 31 March 2021 was $1.3 billion. This comprised $1.1 billion of cash and cash equivalents and 
short-term deposits as well as access to an undrawn committed standby debt facility of NZD150.0 million. The standby facility is 
in place to ensure Xero maintains access to prudent levels of operational liquidity, appropriate to the size and maturity of the 
business. The lender group for the standby facility consists of ANZ, BNZ, Citibank, and HSBC.

During the year, the Group raised NZD990.9 million to fund strategic investments and acquisitions through the concurrent 
buyback of its convertible notes that were to mature in October 2023 (2023 convertible notes) and issuance of new notes maturing 
in December 2025 (2025 convertible notes). The notes proceeds are held in USD and comprise NZD901.1 million of cash and cash 
equivalents and short-term deposits balance. Neither Xero’s term debt nor the bank facilities mature in the next 12 months. 

 
41

Operating revenue 

Subscription revenue comprises recurring monthly fees from subscribers to Xero’s cloud-based platform. Within a subscription, 
customers also receive support services and product updates.

Operating revenue includes subscription revenue as well as revenue from other related services, including attendance fees for 
conferences and events such as Xerocon, revenue share agreements with financial services providers including fintech partners, 
and the implementation of online accounting and other software services. Subscription revenue comprised 98% of operating 
revenue in FY21.

Year ended 31 March

Subscription revenue

Other operating revenue

Total operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

828,106

20,676

848,782

2020  
($000s)

696,220

22,011

718,231

change

change in  
constant currency*

19%

-6%

18%

19%

-5%

18%

*Constant currency operating revenue (a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided to assist readers in understanding and assessing Xero’s financial 
performance during the year, excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Constant currency operating revenue is calculated by translating 
operating revenue for FY21 at the effective exchange rates for FY20

Operating revenue growth of 18% from FY20 was due to the increase in subscription revenue of 19%. The subscription revenue 
increase was primarily driven by organic subscription growth, with subscriber numbers at 31 March 2021 increasing by 456,000 
subscribers, or 20%, compared to 31 March 2020. In addition, an increase in subscribers using Xero add-ons such as payroll, 
projects, and expenses modules in FY21 compared to FY20 contributed further to the subscription revenue increase. These results 
reflect the value subscribers place on Xero’s platform and Xero’s ability to cater to small businesses’ needs, both in times of 
economic uncertainty and strength.

Other operating revenue decreased by 6% (5% in constant currency). This was due to three Xerocon conference events (Brisbane, 
San Diego and London), as well as physical Xero roadshows being held in the comparative period. None of these events were held 
in-person in FY21 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In lieu of an in-person conference, Xero ran Xero On Air, a free digital customer-
engagement series, designed to connect, inspire, and share information with accounting and bookkeeping partners and small 
businesses around the world.

The impact to operating revenue from not holding conferences was partially offset by an increase in revenue from financial 
services. Xero partners with fintech providers to assist subscribers in accessing online financial solutions including  invoice 
payment services and lending services, resulting in an associated share of revenue between Xero and the provider. Waddle, which 
was acquired in the current year, also contributed to other operating revenue in FY21. Other operating revenue excluding 
conference income increased by 56% compared to FY20.

As 85% of Xero’s operating revenue is denominated in currencies other than NZD (the Group’s functional currency), changes in 
foreign exchange rates over the year have influenced reported revenue. The impact of the comparatively weaker NZD against the 
Australian dollar (AUD) was offset by the impacts of the stronger NZD against the US dollar (USD) and Great British pound (GBP) 
during FY21 compared to FY20. This resulted in constant currency operating revenue for the Group being $0.7 million lower than 
reported revenue.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT42

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Operating revenue by geography 

Year ended 31 March

Australia

New Zealand

Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) total

United Kingdom

North America

Rest of World

International total

Total operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

2020  
($000s)

change

change in  
constant currency

384,150

130,384

514,534

223,564

56,558

54,126

334,248

848,782

320,376

116,154

436,530

183,565

55,398

42,738

281,701

718,231

20%

12%

18%

22%

2%

27%

19%

18%

18%

12%

16%

23%

6%

32%

21%

18%

Operating revenue for FY21 was 18% higher than the comparative period, primarily driven by subscriber growth in all of Xero’s 
geographies. In the ANZ segment, operating revenue increased by 18% (16% in constant currency), compared to 20% growth in 
subscribers. With the high level of cloud adoption in the ANZ market, Xero’s continued revenue growth year-on-year reflects the 
value Xero offers. 

Australia’s operating revenue grew by 20% (18% in constant currency) compared to subscriber growth of 22%. The slightly lower 
growth in operating revenue compared to subscriber growth was mainly due to the comparative period including Xerocon revenue, 
with the Sydney conference due to take place in September 2020 cancelled as a result of COVID-19. New Zealand operating 
revenue grew by 12% compared to subscriber growth of 14%.

International operating revenue grew by 19%, or 21% in constant currency, in line with subscriber growth of 21%. Operating revenue 
growth in the UK of 22% was more than subscriber growth of 17%, due mainly to the growth of revenue from financial services, as 
well as further uptake in platform-related products such as payroll.

North America operating revenue grew by 2%, or 6% in constant currency, which is lower than subscriber growth of 18%. Growth 
was impacted by the comparative period including revenue from Xerocon, as well as the decision to bundle Hubdoc within the 
Xero business edition product in March 2020. The Hubdoc bundling impacted North America more than other markets due to the 
majority of Hubdoc subscribers being in this region.

The Rest of World’s performance of 27% growth (32% in constant currency) was driven by subscriber growth of 40%, with South 
Africa and Singapore the largest contributing markets. The comparatively lower growth in operating revenue than subscribers was 
due to strong subscriber additions in H2 FY21 compared to H1 FY21, the revenue for which will have greater impact in FY22.

Reported revenue has been adversely impacted by fluctuations in the foreign exchange rates, specifically the comparatively 
stronger NZD against both the GBP and USD on average during FY21 compared to FY20. In constant currency, operating revenue 
for the International segment is $6.0 million higher than reported revenue.

Total Group operating revenue by geography*

$1b

$800m

$600m

$400m

$200m

Rest of World

North America

United Kingdom

New Zealand

Australia

0

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

*Represents each region’s contribution to total Group operating revenue for the respective period

 
 
43

Subscriber numbers 

The definition of ‘subscriber’ is: Each unique subscription to a Xero-offered product that is purchased by a user (e.g. small business 
or accounting partner) and which is, or is available to be, deployed. Subscribers that have multiple subscriptions to integrated 
products on the Xero platform are counted as a single subscriber.

At 31 March

Australia

New Zealand

Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) total

United Kingdom

North America

Rest of World

International total

Total paying subscribers

2021

2020 

change

1,115,000

446,000

1,561,000

720,000

285,000

175,000

1,180,000

2,741,000

914,000

392,000

1,306,000

613,000

241,000

125,000

979,000

2,285,000

22%

14%

20%

17%

18%

40%

21%

20%

COVID-19 had a material impact in all markets, resulting in lower subscriber additions than expected particularly in the first six 
months of the year. However, H2 FY21 saw a positive shift in subscriber growth, as the adjustment to remote working practices and 
social distancing during the pandemic emphasised the importance of cloud-based solutions. Subscribers grew by 20% compared to 
31 March 2020, bringing total subscribers to 2,741,000. In FY21, 456,000 net subscribers were added compared to 467,000 in  
FY20. Of the 456,000 subscribers added in FY21, 288,000 or 63% were added in H2 FY21, the most subscribers added in any half 
year period.

Xero continued to strengthen its presence in the established ANZ segment to finish the period with over 1.5 million subscribers. ANZ 
grew subscribers by 20%, or 255,000, from 31 March 2020. H2 FY21 was a record half year number of subscriber additions, despite 
H1 being historically stronger than H2 in ANZ.

The growth rate for subscribers in Australia improved from H1 FY21 to H2 FY21 with 201,000 subscribers added in FY21. This was a 
22% increase in subscribers from 31 March 2020. This increase was a result of Xero’s presence and position as a market leader in 
the region, combined with easing COVID-19 restrictions in H2 FY21. This performance was assisted by the general digitisation of the 
economy, encouraging adoption of cloud-based software. In addition, using cloud-based software like Xero assisted subscribers 
in accessing the Australian Government’s COVID-19 JobKeeper payment scheme. The combination of these factors helped the 
retention of existing subscribers as well as helped gain new subscribers. New Zealand added 54,000 subscribers in FY21, growing 
14% over the year.

The UK led the International segment, adding 107,000 subscribers in FY21 to end FY21 on 720,000 subscribers, an increase of 17% 
from 31 March 2020. The impact of COVID-19 in the UK restricted opportunities for growth. Despite this, the UK market has shown 
resilience with 77% of subscribers added in FY21 occurring in H2 FY21. This reflects the value of a Xero subscription and increasing 
cloud adoption in the region. 

Despite a difficult operating environment as a result of COVID-19, North America subscriber numbers increased by 18%, or 44,000, 
compared to 46,000 added in FY20. Of the 44,000 net subscribers added in FY21, 34,000, or 77%, were added in H2 FY21, the 
largest organic increase in North America subscribers for a half.

Our Rest of World markets also performed strongly given the uncertain operating environment, with 50,000 subscribers added, 
representing 40% growth in FY21. Continued investment to drive growth in South Africa and Singapore has supported strong results 
in these markets during FY21.

Net subscriber additions

456k

FY21 
Region (% of total net additions)

Australia (44%)

New Zealand (12%)

United Kingdom (23%)

North America (10%)
Rest of World (11%)

467k

FY20 
Region (% of total net additions)

Australia (40%)

New Zealand (9%)

United Kingdom (32%)

North America (10%)
Rest of World (9%)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT44

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Regional subscriber numbers at 31 March 2021*

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom

North America

1,115,000

446,000

720,000

285,000

2020  |  914,000
 Up 22%

2020  |  392,000

 Up 14%

2020  |  613,000

 Up 17%

2020  |  241,000
 Up 18%

* Rest of World subscribers at 31 March 2021 175,000 (31 March 2020 125,000)

Annualised monthly recurring revenue 

Annualised monthly recurring revenue (AMRR) is a non-GAAP financial measure, which represents monthly recurring revenue at 
31 March multiplied by 12. It provides a 12-month forward view of revenue, assuming any promotions have ended and other factors 
such as subscriber numbers, transaction volumes, pricing, and foreign exchange remain unchanged during the year.

Constant currency AMRR (also a non-GAAP financial measure) is calculated by translating AMRR at 31 March 2021 at the foreign 
exchange rates at 31 March 2020 and is provided to assist in understanding and assessing year-on-year growth rates, excluding 
the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

At 31 March

ANZ

International

Total

2021 
($000s)

584,954

378,643

963,597

2020  
($000s)

467,537

353,020

820,557

change

25%

7%

17%

change in  
constant currency

20%

16%

18%

Total Group 
AMRR at 31 March 2021 was $963.6 million, an increase of $143.0 million, or 17%, from 31 March 2020. The principal driver of this 
growth was the increase in subscribers across the Group.

ANZ
AMRR for the ANZ segment increased by 25% to $585.0 million compared to 31 March 2020, surpassing $500 million in H1 FY21. 
This increase was driven by subscriber growth of 20%, which aligns to the AMRR year-on-year increase in constant currency. 
Constant currency AMRR growth of 20% was five percentage points lower than reported growth, due to the comparatively weaker 
NZD against the AUD at 31 March 2021 compared to 31 March 2020.

International 
Reported AMRR growth in the International markets of 7% was heavily impacted by foreign exchange fluctuations. The stronger 
NZD against the USD and GBP at 31 March 2021 compared to 31 March 2020 accounted for a nine percentage point, or $32.0 
million, decrease on reported AMRR. In constant currency terms AMRR growth was 16%, comparatively lower than subscriber 
growth of 21% due to lower average revenue per user (ARPU). 

 
45

Gross profit

Gross profit represents operating revenue less cost of revenue. Cost of revenue consists of expenses directly associated with 
securely hosting Xero’s services, sourcing relevant data from financial institutions, and providing support to subscribers.

The costs include hosting and content distribution costs, bank feed costs, personnel and related expenses (including salaries, 
benefits, bonuses, and share-based payments) directly associated with cloud infrastructure and subscriber support, contracted 
third-party vendor costs, related depreciation and amortisation, and allocated overheads. 

Year ended 31 March

Operating revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin percentage

2021 
($000s)

848,782

(118,893)

729,889

86.0%

2020  
($000s)

718,231

(106,582)

611,649

85.2%

change

18%

12%

19%

0.8pp

Gross profit was $729.9 million for FY21, a 19% increase on the comparative period. This resulted in a gross margin of 86.0%, up 0.8 
percentage points from FY20. This increase was driven by operating revenue growth of 18%, outgrowing cost of revenue growth by 
six percentage points. The 12% increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to an increase in cloud hosting costs as subscriber 
numbers grew, and continued focus on platform stability. 

Productivity gains from the continued growth in use of Xero Central contributed to efficiencies in Xero’s cost of revenue.

Gross margin percentage

88.0%

86.0%

84.0%

82.0%

80.0%

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
46

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, the amortisation 
of capitalised commission costs, and share-based payments) directly associated with the sales and marketing teams, and the 
cost of educating and onboarding both partners and small business customers. Costs also include relationship management 
costs incurred to support the existing subscriber base. Other costs included are external advertising costs, marketing costs, and 
promotional event costs, as well as allocated overheads.

Year ended 31 March

Sales and marketing expenses

Percentage of operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

307,948

36.3%

2020  
($000s)

312,852

43.6%

change

-2%

-7.3pp

Sales and marketing costs decreased by $4.9 million, or 2%, compared to FY20, to $307.9 million for FY21. The majority of sales 
and marketing costs are incurred to acquire new subscribers and are expensed in the period, in contrast to the associated revenue 
from those subscribers, which is recognised over the life of the subscriber (currently expected to be more than eight years on 
average).

Sales and marketing costs have decreased in FY21 due to deliberately reduced spending in response to the uncertainties 
presented by COVID-19, as well as the comparative period including three Xerocon events and physical roadshows. As a result, 
Xero carefully managed its variable costs, particularly during the first half of FY21 until the impacts of COVID-19 became clearer. 
There was a 10% decrease in sales and marketing spend in H1 FY21 compared to H1 FY20. In contrast to this, there was a 6% 
increase in H2 FY21 compared to H2 FY20. This demonstrates Xero’s ability to take an agile approach to capital allocation, either 
to control costs or invest for growth, as appropriate for the operating environment.

The average cost of acquiring a subscriber increased to $433 per gross subscriber added in FY21 compared to $420 in FY20. This 
reflects slightly lower subscriber additions in FY21 compared to FY20.

As a percentage of operating revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased by 7.3 percentage points, from 43.6% in FY20 to 
36.3% in FY21. This percentage was heavily influenced by the reduction in spending during H1 FY21 in response to the COVID-19 
environment. Sales and marketing expenses increased as a percentage of operating revenue by 8.5 percentage points from 31.9% 
in H1 FY21, to 40.4% in H2 FY21. This increase from H1 FY21 to H2 FY21 shows a trend towards more normalised levels of sales and 
marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue. Lower levels of sales and marketing expenditure seen in FY21 are not expected to 
be sustained over the next few years as Xero looks to maximise opportunities as the impact of COVID-19 lessens over time.

 
 
47

Product design and development

Product design and development costs consist primarily of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, 
and share-based payments) directly associated with product design and development teams, as well as allocated overheads.

The proportion of product design and development expenses that creates a benefit in future years and meets certain  
requirements under NZ IFRS is capitalisable as an intangible asset and is then amortised to the Income Statement over the 
estimated life of the asset created. The amount amortised relating to the Xero product and platform is included as a product 
design and development expense.

Year ended 31 March

2021 
($000s)

2020  
($000s)

Total product design and development costs  

(including amounts capitalised)

Percentage of operating revenue

Less capitalised development costs

Product design and development expense (excluding 

amortisation of amounts capitalised)

Less government grants

Add amortisation of capitalised development costs

Product design and development expenses

Percentage of operating revenue

311,672

36.7%

(136,164)

175,508

(5,206)

79,230

249,532

29.4%

225,756

31.4%

(102,621)

123,135

(5,164)

60,287

178,258

24.8%

change

38%

5.3pp

33%

43%

1%

31%

40%

4.6pp

Xero is strategically investing in developing its product and platform, ensuring a balance between developing new functionality 
and investing in the platform for long-term growth. Some key new product features in FY21 included:

•  Making updates to Xero Payroll to support small businesses quickly accessing government subsidies during COVID-19. This 
included allowing Australian subscribers to enrol their employees for JobKeeper payments directly with the Australian Tax 
Office (ATO). Xero was the first major cloud accounting provider to market with this solution, which included building an 
employee eligibility calculator and enabling direct filing with the ATO through Single Touch Payroll (STP). In the UK, Xero also 
supported furlough leave and reporting to HMRC within Xero Payroll

•  Releasing Xero Verify, our own multi-factor authentication app to make it simple for businesses to improve their security

•  Releasing the new match-making tool within the advisor directory using innovative algorithms to match small businesses with 

the right accounting expertise

•  Releasing eFiling with the South African Revenue Service in beta trial to support South African businesses to prepare, store, 

and submit VAT Returns within the Xero platform

•  Enhancing the Starter plan (Early plan in the US), which removed the limits on bank reconciliation and increased the invoice 

limit to 20 per month to support small businesses with less complex accounting needs

•  Accelerating the rollout of the Business Snapshot and short-term cash flow pilots in H1 FY21 to all Xero business edition plans 

to provide better visibility into cash flow and business performance

•  Launching e-invoicing in Australia and New Zealand, allowing small businesses to send and receive invoices directly from Xero 

into their government customers’ accounting systems

•  Releasing the Pay with Wise (previously known as Transferwise) integration, allowing UK businesses to pay and manage 

multiple bills through Xero regardless of which bank customers use, and reconcile transactions easily

•  Releasing practice management updates, including new functionality such as a unified client list across Xero HQ and Xero 

Practice Manager (XPM), enabling businesses to e-sign documents with Document Packs in Australia, enhancements to the 
Advisor Directory, and updates to Xero Tax in the UK

XERO ANNUAL REPORT48

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Total product design and development costs increased by $85.9 million, or 38%, from $225.8 million in FY20 to $311.7 million 
in FY21. Of this, $136.2 million was capitalised, with the balance of $175.5 million included in the Income Statement within total 
product design and development expenses. As a proportion of operating revenue, total product design and development costs 
for FY21 (including amounts capitalised) increased by 5.3 percentage points to 36.7%. This highlights Xero’s commitment to 
continuous investment in its global platform as Xero scales, even in times of uncertainty.

The capitalised portion of development costs increased by $33.5 million or 33% from the comparative period. Capitalised 
development costs as a percentage of total product design and development costs was 43.7% for FY21. This was a 1.8 percentage 
point decrease from 45.5% in FY20. As more new projects began in FY21, research activities increased resulting in a higher 
proportion of research expenses relative to development costs.

The amortisation of previously capitalised product design and development expenditure of $79.2 million was included as a non-
cash expense in the Income Statement, giving total net expenses (after the netting off of government grants) of $249.5 million for 
FY21. Amortisation of previously capitalised development costs increased due to higher intangibles balances than in FY20.

General and administration

General and administration expenses consist of personnel and related expenses (including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and share-
based payments) for executive, finance, billing, legal, human resources, strategy, and corporate development employees, and the 
Xero Board. It also includes legal, accounting, and other professional services fees, insurance premiums, other corporate expenses, 
and allocated overheads.

Year ended 31 March

General and administration expenses

Percentage of operating revenue

2021 
($000s)

106,345

12.5%

2020  
($000s)

88,980

12.4%

change

20%

0.1pp

General and administration expenses were $106.3 million for FY21, $17.4 million or 20% higher than FY20. The main growth 
areas were an increase in professional services to support Xero’s acquisitions in FY21 as well as an increase in personnel-related 
expenses, which were largely attributable to the growth in employee headcount over the second half of FY21.

General and administration costs as a proportion of operating revenue increased marginally compared to FY20, by 0.1 percentage 
points to 12.5%.

Employees 

At 31 March

Total Group

2021

3,642

2020 

3,055

change

19%

Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) increased by a record 587 or 19% in FY21, taking total FTEs to 3,642. This is compared to a 
20% increase in subscribers, and 18% increase in operating revenue. The growth in FTEs reflects increased investment in product 
design and development increasing headcount by 39%, as well as strategic investment to prepare for future growth. Growth in 
product design and development was partially offset by reductions in headcount in the customer support area as efficiencies and 
automation continue to be realised. 

 
 
49

Net finance expense 

Year ended 31 March

Interest income on deposits

Total finance income

Loss on recognition/extinguishment of term debt

Amortisation of debt discount and issuance costs

Lease liability interest

Interest on convertible notes

Bank standby facility costs

Other finance expense

Total finance expense

Net finance expense

2021 
($000s)

5,155

5,155

(67,169)

(21,781)

(6,053)

(5,783)

(1,852)

(8,140)

(110,778)

(105,623)

2020  
($000s)

13,432

13,432

-

(17,023)

(6,280)

(11,010)

(1,691)

(273)

(36,277)

(22,845)

change

-62%

-62%

NM

28%

-4%

-47%

10%

NM

205%

362%

Finance income in FY21 was $5.2 million, a decrease of $8.3 million, or 62%, from FY20. This was primarily due to lower global 
interest rates.

Finance expenses in FY21 increased by 205% driven by combined losses of $67.2 million on recognition of the 2025 convertible 
notes and extinguishment of the 2023 convertible notes. Other finance expenses increased by $7.9 million due to $5.7 million 
worth of transaction costs relating to the buyback of the 2023 convertible notes and issuance of the 2025 convertible notes. 
Interest on convertible notes also decreased by 47%, or $5.2 million, while the amortisation of debt discount and issuance costs 
increased by 28%, or $4.7 million.

The decrease in interest results from the new convertible notes having a zero coupon interest rate, as compared to the 2023 
convertible notes, which had a 2.4% coupon interest rate.

Amortisation of debt discount and issuance costs increased in FY21 from the comparative period as a result of an increase in the 
value of the conversion feature in the 2025 convertible notes as compared to the 2023 convertible notes. 

XERO ANNUAL REPORTSegment information

Operating revenue is allocated to a segment depending on where the subscriber resides. Expenses include cost of revenue, sales 
and marketing costs incurred directly in-region, and an allocation of centrally managed costs and overheads, such as hosting and 
user support costs.

50

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

Year ended 31 March 2021

Operating revenue

Expenses

Segment contribution

Contribution margin percentage

Year ended 31 March 2020

Operating revenue

Expenses

Segment contribution

Contribution margin percentage

ANZ 
($000s)

International 
($000s)

Total 
($000s)

514,534

(175,341)

339,193

65.9%

436,530

(164,962)

271,568

62.2%

334,248

(251,500)

82,748

24.8%

281,701

(254,472)

27,229

9.7%

848,782

(426,841)

421,941

49.7%

718,231

(419,434)

298,797

41.6%

ANZ
Operating revenue for FY21 increased by 18% compared to FY20, or 16% in constant currency, along with surpassing the 1.5 million 
subscriber milestone, cementing Xero’s position as a market leader in the segment. Australia experienced operating revenue 
growth of 20%, while New Zealand grew by 12%. 

Expenses in the ANZ segment increased 6% compared to FY20, impacted by the deliberate reduction in expenditure early in H1 
FY21 until the impacts of COVID-19 became clearer. Xero was able to return to more regular expenditure levels in H2 FY21. This 
largely influenced the 3.7 percentage point increase in the contribution margin percentage for ANZ, as the segment contribution 
increased by $67.6 million, or 25%.

International
Operating revenue in the International segment grew by 19% in FY21, or 21% in constant currency, driven by subscriber growth of 
21%. The segment had a 204% increase in contribution margin compared to the comparative period, with a contribution of $82.7 
million compared to $27.2 million in FY20.

As a percentage of revenue, the contribution margin improved substantially from 9.7% in FY20 to 31.6% in H1 FY21, due to the 
combination of revenue growth over the year, and a deliberate reduction in expenditure in response to the impacts of COVID-19 in 
H1 FY21. The contribution margin decreased to 24.8% in the second half of the year, driven by increased investment as the impacts 
of COVID-19 became clearer. The contribution margin remained comparatively lower than that of ANZ, reflecting the emphasis 
on investment in subscriber additions in the UK, North America, Asia, and South Africa as Xero continues to develop brand 
recognition and build distribution channels in these markets.

Key SaaS metrics

SaaS companies like Xero operate on many of the same performance metrics as traditional companies, such as revenue, cash 
flow, and customer numbers. However, understanding the performance of SaaS companies and being able to benchmark them is 
assisted by an understanding of SaaS-specific metrics. Below are some of the headline metrics Xero uses to manage and drive  
its performance.

Average revenue per user (ARPU) is calculated as AMRR (see definition on page 44) at 31 March, divided by subscribers at that 
time (and divided by 12 to get a monthly view).

CAC months are the months of ARPU to recover the cost of acquiring (customer acquisition costs: CAC) each new subscriber. 
The calculation represents the sales and marketing costs for the year excluding the capitalisation and amortisation of contract 
acquisition costs, less conference revenue (such as Xerocon), divided by gross new subscribers added during the same period, 
divided by ARPU.

 
51

Churn is the value of monthly recurring revenue (MRR) from subscribers who leave Xero in a month as a percentage of the total 
MRR at the start of that month. The percentage provided is the average of the monthly churn for the previous 12 months.

Lifetime value (LTV) is the gross margin expected from a subscriber over the lifetime of that subscriber. This is calculated by 
taking the average subscriber lifetime (one divided by churn), multiplied by ARPU, multiplied by the gross margin percentage. 
Group LTV is calculated as the sum of the individual segment LTV, multiplied by their respective segment subscribers, divided by 
total Group subscribers.

LTV/CAC is the ratio between the LTV and the cost to acquire that subscriber. For example, the LTV derived from a subscriber in 
ANZ is currently on average 13.2 times the cost of acquiring that subscriber. Xero strives to maximise total LTV while optimising 
the level of CAC investment it undertakes in order to achieve a desirable LTV/CAC ratio. Xero can improve total LTV in multiple 
ways, such as increasing subscriber numbers, enhancing products and services for existing subscribers thereby increasing ARPU 
and/or reducing churn, and improving gross margin through cost efficiencies.

The table below outlines key metrics across Xero’s segments: 

At 31 March 2021

ARPU ($)

CAC months

Churn

LTV per subscriber ($)

LTV/CAC

At 31 March 2020

ARPU ($)

CAC months

Churn

LTV per subscriber ($)

LTV/CAC

ANZ

International

31.23

8.9

0.73%

3,682

13.2

26.74

22.4

1.43%

1,608

2.7

ANZ

International

29.83

9.7

0.84%

3,058

10.6

30.05

18.1

1.59%

1,573

2.9

Total

29.30

14.8

1.01%

2,789

6.4

Total

29.93

14.0

1.13%

2,422

5.8

ANZ
ARPU increased by 5% compared to FY20. During FY21, the NZD weakened against the AUD, having a favourable impact on ARPU. 
The price change to Xero business edition plans in Australia in March 2021 also impacted ARPU favourably. These impacts were 
slightly offset by shifts in product mix, from higher priced to lower priced products, aided by the introduction of the enhanced 
Starter product.  In constant currency terms, ANZ’s ARPU was flat compared to 31 March 2020.

CAC months at 31 March 2021 was lower at 8.9 compared to 9.7 in the comparative period. This was the result of the increased 
subscriber additions in H2 FY21 for both Australia and New Zealand outpacing the growth in H2 FY20, in addition to decreased 
sales and marketing expenditure during the period. 

Churn was 0.73% at 31 March 2021, a decrease of 0.11 percentage points from 0.84% in the comparative period. Churn increased 
slightly in the first few months of the year, before reducing to below pre-COVID-19 levels, indicating the value Xero products have 
to small businesses.

Lower churn, combined with the increase in ARPU and gross margin, drove LTV per subscriber to $3,682 from $3,058, a 20%  
(15% in constant currency) increase from 31 March 2020. Total ANZ subscriber LTV increased by $1.7 billion, or 44%, to $5.7 billion 
at 31 March 2021 compared to $4.0 billion at 31 March 2020.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT52

O
U
R
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E

International
ARPU decreased by 11% in FY21. The comparatively stronger NZD against the USD and GBP negatively impacted ARPU. In constant 
currency terms, ARPU decreased by 3% compared to 31 March 2020. The decrease in constant currency was due to the shift 
towards a more efficient but lower ARPU partner channel.

CAC months increased from 18.1 months at 31 March 2020 to 22.4 months at 31 March 2021. Subscriber additions in H2 
FY21 improved compared to H1 FY21 but remained lower than FY20. Despite no increase in sales and marketing costs, the 
comparatively lower subscriber additions combined with lower ARPU led to an increase in CAC months. 

LTV per subscriber increased by 2% (11% in constant currency) due to a combination of lower churn and higher gross margin, 
partially offset by lower ARPU. Total International subscriber LTV increased by $0.4 billion, or 23%, to $1.9 billion at 31 March 2021 
compared to $1.5 billion at 31 March 2020.

Total Group
Group ARPU decreased by 2% compared to 31 March 2020. This was partially due to the impact of foreign currency movements. 
ARPU decreased 1% in constant currency compared to 31 March 2020 due to product mix impacts.

Churn for the Group decreased by 0.12 percentage points to 1.01% from 1.13% in the comparative period. Combining this with the 
improved gross margin, LTV per subscriber increased by 15% to $2,789 from $2,422 at 31 March 2020, despite a 2% decrease in 
Group ARPU. In constant currency terms, LTV per subscriber increased by 14%. 

Total subscriber LTV at 31 March 2021 was $7.6 billion, an improvement of $2.1 billion compared to 31 March 2020. CAC months 
increased 6% to 14.8 months when compared to 31 March 2020, as the combined impact of the International segment’s lower 
ARPU and subscriber additions outweighed ANZ’s improved performance in both. 

Total lifetime value

$8b

$6b

$4b

$2b

$0

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

At 31 March

International

ANZ

 
53

THRO UGH THE IR  EYES

Advisory approach enables 
client success

Shayne Dueck | Xero Partner |  
MNP | Canada

As head of Canadian accounting, tax and business 
consulting firm MNP’s cloud service line, ease, Shayne 
Dueck and his team provide small and medium-sized 
businesses with ‘always on’ accounting and bookkeeping 
services, facilitated by Xero.

Using Xero gives ease real-world business insights, 
enabling them to be better business advisors rather than 
just producing year-end financial statements.

Adopting innovative features such as Xero’s short-term 
cash flow tool, which was launched in June 2020 to help 
businesses project their cash flow, has enabled the ease 
team to dig deeper into their clients’ books.

“We work with an energy technology company in Calgary 
that previously ran their accounts entirely through 
spreadsheets. Early into their journey with us, the 
greater visibility into their cash flow that Xero provided 
showed us they didn’t have a handle on cash inflows or 
outflows. The owners were in the dark about their cash 
flow. We were able to use the cash flow tool to help 
them start preserving their cash and gain visibility over 
when cash is coming or going from their business. By 
connecting Xero with app partner Spotlight Reporting, 
which offers additional reporting and tracking KPIs, 
we were able to dig deep into what they could do to 
generate cash flow.”

Now, the client is breaking even and surviving through 
COVID-19. The owners are a lot more confident in making 
business decisions, and they’re finally able to sleep  
at night. 

“It’s pretty incredible to see how their team can now 
understand their cash flow and successfully run their 
business. Being able to partner with them to do that has 
been really satisfying.”

XERO ANNUAL REPORT54

T
H
R
O
U
G
H
T
H
E
R
E
Y
E
S

I

 
 
55

The Board of Directors

David Thodey AO 
Chair of the Board 
Australia

David is a business leader focused on innovation, 
technology and telecommunications, with more 
than 30 years of experience creating brand and 
shareholder value. He is currently chairman of 
Australia’s national scientific research agency, the 
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research 
Organisation (CSIRO), and Tyro, Australia’s 
only independent EFTPOS provider, and a non-
executive director of Ramsay Health Care, a global 
hospital group. David had a successful executive 

career as CEO of Telstra, a significant Australian 
telecommunications company and as CEO of IBM 
Australia and New Zealand. In 2017, David was made 
an Officer (AO) in the General Division of the Order  
of Australia.

Independent Director since June 2019  
and Chair since February 2020 
People and Remuneration Committee 
Nominations Committee (Chair)

Steven is an entrepreneur and professional director 
with more than 25 years’ experience in creating 
and delivering products within the technology and 
accounting software industries. Steven is currently 
a non-executive director of Blucora, a provider of 
technology-enabled financial solutions, and Ruby 
Receptionists, a virtual customer engagement 
solution provider. 

was Chief Product Officer. Prior to this, Steven was 
the CEO of Outright, an online bookkeeping service, 
which was acquired by GoDaddy. Steven has also 
held various senior management roles at Intuit, 
including Vice President of Strategy and Innovation 
for the small business division. Steven holds a 
Bachelor of Arts in Physics from the University of 
North Carolina and an MBA from Stanford University.

Steven has held a range of senior executive roles, 
including at GoDaddy, the world’s largest services 
platform for entrepreneurs, where most recently he 

Independent Director since October 2020 
People and Remuneration Committee

Mark is an experienced professional director with 
more than 20 years of international experience in 
corporate finance and investment banking. Mark is 
currently a non-executive director (and audit and risk 
committee chair) of Chorus and Z Energy. Chorus and 
Z Energy are both dual-listed ASX/NZX businesses. 
He is Chair of Milford Asset Management and acting 
chair of Virsae, a communications management  
SaaS business.

Mark was at Deutsche Bank for 10 years, initially 
based in Sydney in Mergers and Acquisitions, then 
in London as a Managing Director and co-head of a 

European M&A industry group. Mark holds a Bachelor 
of Business Studies (Accounting & Finance) degree 
from Massey University New Zealand, is a member of 
Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand, 
a chartered member of the New Zealand Institute of 
Directors and a member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Independent Director since April 2020 
Audit and Risk Management Committee (Chair)

For more than a decade, Rod led Xero to be a global 
software business and S&P/ASX 100 company. Rod 
started his career at Ernst & Young and went on to 
establish and lead a number of innovative technology 
businesses. Rod was an independent director on the 
NZX Board and the Trade Me Board. At the Deloitte 
Top 200 Awards in 2017, Rod was named Visionary 

Leader of the Year. He was named Ernst & Young New 
Zealand Entrepreneur of the Year in 2013, and is a 
member of the New Zealand Hi-Tech Hall of Fame.

Director since July 2006
Nominations Committee

Steven Aldrich 
Non-executive  
Director 
USA

Mark Cross 
Non-executive  
Director 
New Zealand

Rod Drury 
Xero Founder / 
Non-executive 
Director 
New Zealand

XERO ANNUAL REPORTLee has more than 20 years’ experience 
internationally in the Financial Services industry and 
has held senior executive roles in marketing, strategy 
and risk in large scale customer-facing businesses. 
In 2020, Lee joined the Global Executive team at 
Afterpay and is responsible for driving the business’ 
strategy for new platforms, products and services. 
Lee has been recognised by IBM as one of 40 Women 
Leaders in Artificial Intelligence across the globe 
for her work in delivering world-first innovations. 

Lee holds a Bachelor of Business from Auckland 
University of Technology (NZ), and is an alumni 
of Berkeley Haas School of Business. She is also a 
member of Chief Executive Women (CEW) which 
represents Australia’s most senior and distinguished 
female leaders.

Independent Director since April 2014 
Audit and Risk Management Committee

Dale is a former technology entrepreneur. Dale co-
founded mobile pioneer Omega Logic in 1999, which 
co-launched prepay top-ups in the UK. She led the 
growth of top-up transactions to £450m within five 
years, then turned to investing and advising start-
ups and won the British Angel Investor of the Year 
award in 2011. Dale is currently a non-executive 
director at the Cranemere Group, and a board 
advisor to Accelerate:Her. She was formerly a non-
executive director and Trustee for the Peter Jones 
Foundation and a non-executive director at Sussex 

Place Ventures and the Department for Business, 
Innovation & Skills. She holds an MBA from the 
London Business School and served on the Business 
Taskforce on EU Redtape for the British Prime 
Minister in 2013. Dale was awarded a CBE  
by Her Majesty the Queen in 2013, for services  
to business.

Independent Director since April 2018 
Audit and Risk Management Committee 
Nominations Committee

Susan is an experienced business leader with 
a particular interest in helping companies to 
drive growth through technology, innovation and 
organisational culture. Susan is currently the chair 
of Vista Group and an independent director of 
Trustpower, Property for Industry and Arvida Group. 
Susan will not be standing for re-election at the 
Trustpower annual shareholder meeting later this year. 

Susan is also a member of the New Zealand Markets 
Disciplinary Tribunal and a Board member of non 

profit Global Women. Susan is a past director of 
ASB Bank and was a past Ministerial Appointee to 
The National Advisory Council for the Employment 
of Women.  Susan is founding co-chair and a 
shareholder in fast-growing health and wellness 
company Organic Initiative Limited.

Independent Director since February 2017 
People and Remuneration Committee (Chair)
Nominations Committee

Craig co-founded Australian small business 
accounting software provider MYOB in 1991. Craig 
built MYOB to be a popular business tool and brand 
which, in 2004, merged with Solution 6 to become 
Australia’s largest IT company. Craig joined the Xero 
Board in 2009. He now spends the majority of his 
time working in the philanthropic sector.

Director since May 2009 
People and Remuneration Committee 
Nominations Committee

56

B
O
A
R
D
O
F
D
R
E
C
T
O
R
S

I

Lee Hatton 
Non-executive  
Director 
Australia

Dale Murray CBE 
Non-executive  
Director 
United Kingdom

Susan Peterson 
Non-executive  
Director 
New Zealand

Craig Winkler 
Non-executive  
Director 
Australia

 
 
57

Corporate Governance Statement

Introduction from the Chair

Dear Shareholder, 

Our Annual Report, including my Chair Review (see page 5) and the following Corporate 
Governance Statement, sets out Xero’s approach to corporate governance.

The directors and leadership team share a commitment to 
nurturing a culture across Xero that seeks to embed and 
uphold the highest standards of corporate governance. 

Xero’s corporate governance framework is designed to 
support our operations, deliver on our strategy, monitor 
performance and ensure management of risk, and to do so 
in a manner that reflects the digital, global and high growth 
nature of Xero’s business. 

The Board has for some time taken a continuous 
improvement approach to corporate governance, 
particularly as Xero has continued to grow and evolve, 
as have the expectations of our investors and other 
stakeholders. We have continued to do this in FY21, in a 
particularly challenging environment worldwide. The Board 
made changes as the year progressed, including:

•  During the pandemic, the Board met more frequently 
and received increased reporting on key financial and 
other metrics to monitor and appropriately respond to 
the impact of the pandemic on Xero, our customers, 
employees and stakeholders across regions   

•  Governance of fast-moving M&A transactions evolved. 
This included the establishment of an M&A authority 
framework and formation of a Board Advisory Group, 
with additional deal-specific Board meetings held as 
required to monitor, consider and approve transactions

•  The Board responded to the unusual circumstances of 
the year by holding nine additional Board meetings and 
one additional nominations committee meeting, over 
and above the original schedule of meetings  

•  Where possible, Committee and Board meetings were 

separated by a number of days which facilitated greater 
consideration of matters and the ability to respond to 
the challenges of virtual meetings 

•  Following a review of the Board composition and 

skills matrix, Steven Aldrich a US based director with 
experience in technology and product development  
and small business, was appointed to the Board on  
1 October 2020 

•  Rotation of the role of Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Management (ARM) Committee and People & 
Remuneration (P&R) Committee with Mark Cross 
appointed to Chair the ARM Committee and Susan 
Peterson appointed to Chair the P&R Committee 

•  Xero’s continuous disclosure processes continued to 
evolve, including an updated Continuous Disclosure 
Policy and the introduction of supporting procedures 
and a disclosure committee charter

•  Xero’s Annual Meeting was held entirely virtually with all 
directors in attendance via videolink from Australia, New 
Zealand, the UK and the US

•  A platform for the distribution of video content to 
the Board was developed to provide directors who 
are unable to travel to Xero offices with updates and 
insights into the day-to-day operations of the business

The Board takes a holistic view of governance and believes 
in the fundamental importance of diversity and inclusion. I 
have addressed this topic more fully in my Chair Review on 
page 5. 

My fellow directors and I know that diversity and inclusion 
come together to create and maintain a strong culture 
across our business, which in turn drives good outcomes 
for our investors and other stakeholders. I am pleased that 
Xero’s core value, #human, and flexible working policy 
and measures for diversity and inclusion and employee 
wellbeing saw Xero recognised as one of the Best Places 
to Work in Australia and New Zealand by the Australian 
Financial Review and BOSS Magazine in April 2021 (ranked 
fourth in the technology category). 

In addition, the Board has an ongoing commitment to 
actively improve Xero’s social and environmental impact 
which is addressed more fully in the SEI and D&I section on 
pages 23 to 32.

The Board is pleased that the focus and attention given to 
many facets of corporate governance, some of which I have 
outlined above, contribute to delivering great outcomes for 
our people, our customers and our investors.  

David Thodey 
Xero Chair

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
58

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

ASX principles and recommendations 

Xero is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
and is a New Zealand incorporated and domiciled company. 
From a regulatory perspective, this means that while the 
ASX Listing Rules apply to Xero, certain provisions of the 
Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) do not.1

Xero’s corporate governance reporting framework has 
been developed with regard to the ASX Listing Rules and 
the ASX Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations (ASX Principles and Recommendations). 
This Corporate Governance Statement (Statement) 
addresses the recommendations contained in the 4th 
edition of the ASX Principles and Recommendations, which 
applies to Xero for the financial year ended 31 March 2021. 
This Statement is current as at 30 April 2021, and has been 
approved by the Board.

This Statement should be read in conjunction with this 
Annual Report and Xero’s Investor Centre at www.xero.com/
about/investors/governance, where full copies of Xero’s 
corporate governance policies and charters can be found.

References to FY21 are to the financial year ended  
31 March 2021.

1 Xero complies with the ASX Listing Rules. As Xero is not incorporated 
in Australia, it is not a disclosing entity for the purpose of Chapter 2M 
of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Financial reports and 
audits) and certain provisions of that chapter do not apply (e.g. section 
295 regarding annual financial report, section 298 regarding directors’ 
report or section 300A regarding remuneration reporting). As a New 
Zealand company, Xero’s annual reporting is primarily governed by the 
Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand)

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for 
management and oversight

The Board
Charter The Board Charter outlines the Board’s roles and 
responsibilities and describes those matters expressly 
reserved for the Board’s determination and those matters 
delegated to management. The Charter is available 
on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/investors/
governance/.

The Board is appointed by the shareholders (other 
than directors who are appointed by the Board to fill a 
casual vacancy, who must be subsequently approved 
by shareholders at the next Annual Meeting of the 
company), and meets sufficiently regularly to perform its 
role effectively. It comprises directors who bring a mix of 
skills, knowledge, experience, diversity and independence, 
together with a deep understanding of, and competence to 
deal with, current and emerging issues and to guide 
 the business.

Responsibilities The Board is responsible for  
overseeing and appraising Xero’s strategic direction, 
purpose, values, policies, performance, risk appetite and 
governance framework. To assist with carrying out its 
responsibilities, the Board has established the following 
standing Committees:

1.  Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARM 
Committee)

2. People and Remuneration Committee (P&R Committee)

3. Nominations Committee 

The Board may also delegate specific functions to ad hoc 
Committees from time to time. 

Xero’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) has responsibility for 
the day-to-day management and administration of the Xero 
business, supported by the rest of Xero’s leadership team. 
The CEO manages Xero in accordance with the strategic 
plan, annual budget and operating plan, risk appetite, and 
risk management strategies approved by the Board.

 
 
 
59

The Board monitors Xero’s management and performance and ensures that management’s activities are aligned with the 
expectations and are within the risk appetite and risk management framework set by the Board and management. The Board has a 
number of mechanisms to ensure this is achieved, including:

•  Approving Xero’s strategic plan, overseeing performance to ensure alignment with the strategic plan, and focusing Xero’s 

activities on long-term shareholder value

•  Assessing and making determinations on Xero’s culture and management framework, governance policies, procedures and 

compliance, and relevant Board and Committee frameworks

•  Approving Xero’s financial statements, required reports and annual budget, as well as confirming Xero’s financial position and 

overseeing and reviewing the integrity of Xero’s accounting and corporate reporting systems

•  Selecting the CEO, overseeing succession plans for Xero’s  leadership team, and approving policies, practices and measurable 

objectives for achieving diversity and inclusion

•  Approving the remuneration framework, ensuring Xero’s remuneration policies and practices fit with its strategic goals, and 

overseeing equity incentive programs

•  Approving an annual operating plan and systems of financial and non-financial risk management, as well as confirming Xero 
has in place accurate and reliable reporting systems, internal controls, compliance activities, and systems to monitor the 
effectiveness of Xero’s risk management framework

Appointment Before appointing a director, Xero undertakes appropriate background checks to determine that candidate’s 
suitability. The qualifications of each director are detailed on pages 55 and 56 of this Annual Report.  

All directors are appointed pursuant to formal letters of appointment or agreements setting out the key terms and conditions of 
their appointment, including:

•  Remuneration
•  Board, Committee and directors’ duties, responsibilities and time commitment
•  Board and individual performance evaluation
•  Disclosure of interests and matters affecting independence
•  Confidentiality
•  The Board’s policy on obtaining independent advice
• 

Insurance and deeds of indemnity

Board and Committee membership and meeting attendance The members of Xero’s Board and Committees for FY21 is set 
out below. The number of meetings scheduled in advance for the year and attendance at those meetings is also set out below.  
Additional Board and Committee meetings are held to meet governance demands; in FY21 the Board held 9 additional meetings 
and the Nominations Committee held 1 additional meeting.  

Director

Board

Nominations
Committee

ARM 
Committee

P&R 
Committee

David Thodey

Steven Aldrich2

Mark Cross3

Rod Drury4

Lee Hatton

Dale Murray

Susan Peterson

Craig Winkler⁵

Held1

Attended

Held1

Attended

Held1

Attended

Held1

Attended

8

4

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

3

8

8

8

8

8

8

  5*

-

-

1

-

5

5

4

5

-

-

1

-

5

5

4

-

-

6*

-

6

6

-

2

-

-

6

-

6

6

-

2

5

1

-

-

-

-

  5*

5

5

1

-

-

-

-

5

5

¹ Held represents the number of scheduled meetings held that the relevant director was eligible to attend.  Some Committee meetings are open to optional 
attendance by other directors; such optional attendance is not reflected in the table 
² Appointed as a Director 1 October 2020 and appointed to the P&R Committee 13 October 2020 
³ Appointed as Chair of the ARM Committee 13 October 2020 
⁴ Appointed to the Nominations Committee 13 October 2020 
⁵ Appointed to ARM Committee 13 October 2020; resigned as a member of the Nominations Committee effective 31 October 2020 
* Denotes Committee Chair

XERO ANNUAL REPORT60

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

our business to achieve diversity priorities and initiatives 
across our regions and functions.

Respect and Responsibility Policy Xero’s Respect and 
Responsibility Policy supports a clear and consistent 
approach to equal opportunity, promotes a workplace 
free from discrimination, harassment, sexual harassment, 
and bullying, and sets out the internal process to resolve 
concerns and complaints. The policy is supported by an 
online training module for all employees and additional 
training for people managers.

Wellbeing At Xero, we value wellbeing and believe it 
is part of our commitment to create an inclusive work 
environment to support our employees, customers, and 
partners. During FY21, we focused on supporting the 
wellbeing of our people and our customers in the COVID-19 
operating environment. This included a range of employee 
listening strategies, including internal pulse surveys, 
to understand our people’s experience of the COVID-19 
environment and how we could best support them. We 
created a Wellbeing Hub for our people with a range of 
resources for them and their families, including a resource 
kit for parents. We supported our people managers with a 
toolkit to help them prioritise the wellbeing of their teams 
and adapt to the challenges of remote working, and piloted 
a program of capability development for people managers 
around building resilient teams.

In September 2020, we appointed a global Head of 
Wellbeing to further develop our wellbeing strategy and 
consolidate and enhance our efforts to promote, protect, 
and support the wellbeing of our people. The initial focus 
of this strategy has been to deploy an evidence-based 
framework called the ‘wellbeing climate’, which seeks to 
understand how well our people’s psychological needs 
are met during their experience of work. Integrating this 
framework into our systems and leadership capability 
enables Xero to better identify and respond to psychosocial 
risk, and provides a foundation to make evidence-based 
decisions about how work should be designed. 

Digital accessibility In February 2021, we appointed a 
Head of Digital Accessibility to promote accessibility of 
Xero’s products for our customers and ensure that  
diversity and inclusion is embedded in our product 
development approach. 

Company Secretary Chaman Sidhu is the Chief Legal 
Officer & Company Secretary of Xero. Her qualifications and 
experience are set out on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/
about/team/.

The Company Secretary is accountable to the Board, 
through the Chair, on all matters to do with the effective 
functioning of the Board. The formal reporting line of the 
Company Secretary is through the CEO. All directors have 
direct access to the Company Secretary.

Leadership Team
Appointment Before appointing a senior executive, Xero 
undertakes appropriate background checks to determine 
that candidate’s suitability. All members of Xero’s 
leadership team are appointed pursuant to formal letters of 
appointment or agreements setting out the key terms and 
conditions of their appointment, including remuneration.

Diversity and inclusion1 
Xero values diversity and inclusion and considers it a 
priority in the creation of a sustainable business capable 
of delivering shareholder value. Xero embraces the diverse 
experience, ideas, skills and perspectives of our people. 
The diversity of our people enables Xero to innovate, 
attract and retain top talent, and to better reflect and  
serve our customers, partners, and the communities we 
interact with every day. Xero takes a broad view of the 
meaning of diversity and believes that it’s through inclusion 
that we will tap into the potential and power of our  
people’s differences.

Diversity and Inclusion Policy Xero’s Diversity and 
Inclusion Policy outlines requirements for the Board to 
establish measurable objectives for achieving diversity 
and to annually assess those objectives and the progress 
towards achieving them. This policy is available on Xero’s 
website at www.xero.com/about/investors/governance/. 

The policy reflects six key principles that provide the 
framework for Xero’s goal of developing and maintaining a 
diverse and inclusive workplace and the implementation of 
initiatives to support this. The key principles are:

1.  We value diversity because it reflects and serves our 

customers and ensures our people thrive

2.  We’re all accountable to create an inclusive culture

3.  We’re committed to attracting diverse talent and hiring 

fairly

4.  We support flexible ways of working

5.  We’re committed to equal pay for equal work

6.  We have an obligation to champion diversity and 

inclusion in the community

Xero’s Head of Diversity and Inclusion leads our global 
diversity and inclusion strategy and initiatives and supports 

¹ See also SEI and D&I Section on page 23 for more detail on Xero’s diversity and inclusion initiatives 

 
 
61

Measurable objectives for diversity In addition to the information contained in the SEI and D&I section (see pages 23 to 32), the 
following is a summary of progress achieved against Xero’s measurable objectives for FY21, as approved by the Board:

Objective

Progress

Xero maintains a 
gender balance on its 
Board by having at 
least 3 female directors 
and at least 3 male 
directors*

Xero attracts diverse 
talent in the tech 
industry with particular 
focus on women in 
tech, and maintains:

• 

• 

female 
representation on 
Xero’s leadership 
team at or above 
40%

female 
representation across 
all employees at or 
above 40%

(This reflects a 40:40:20 

target for these levels, i.e. 

40% women and 40% men, 

with the remaining 20% 

unspecified to allow for 

flexibility and recognise that 

gender is not binary)

•  At 31 March 2021, Xero’s Board was comprised of 3 women and 5 men

•  Progress on gender diversity: At 31 March 2021, 42% of Xero’s employees and 63%¹ of 

Xero’s leadership team were women 

• 

Included in the 2021 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index recognising our commitment to 
supporting diversity in the workplace (our second consecutive year in this index) and 
accredited with the GenderTick from YWCA New Zealand

•  Community engagement: Maintained our support for organisations and initiatives to 

attract and develop a more gender diverse workforce, including Code Like A Girl and Tech 
Girls Movement in Australia 

•  Continued our community outreach and engagement program in New Zealand with the 

aim of increasing gender and ethnic diversity in the early-stage pipeline of talent into tech. 
In response to COVID-19, online initiatives included an Online Coding Adventure for young 
people, co-creating the Trailblazing Women in Tech quiz for girls with the She# team 
and supporting our people to participate as mentors in the GirlBoss Edge: Engineering & 
Technology online career accelerator for high school aged young women. Some in-person 
activities have resumed, such as hosting school student work experience days for a group of 
young women and Pasifika students and ShadowTech days for teachers

•  Measurement & monitoring: Evolved our internal diversity dashboard that tracks key 

diversity data to include new metrics and individual dashboards to support accountability 
for our leadership team

•  To reflect our understanding that gender is not binary, began reporting internally and 

externally on the representation of gender diverse and non-binary people at Xero (based on 
self-identification) in addition to the representation of women

•  Gender pay equity: Conducted our annual organisation-wide pay equity review at Xero and 
in the process of submitting the now annual gender pay gap report for our UK business for 
the period of 4 April 2019 to 5 April 2020

•  Hiring more inclusively and attracting diverse talent: Relaunched Diversity and Inclusion 
in hiring training for our talent teams and interviewing at Xero training for hiring managers, 
including education about counteracting unconscious bias in the hiring process and 
utilisation of recruitment platforms promoting diversity such as Work180 in Australia and 
established new partnerships with Tech Returners in the UK, and the Black Professionals in 
Tech Network in the Americas

•  Networks for women: The Empower employee resource group for women in the Americas 
and the Women of Xero community in Australia continued to organise events in support of 
gender equality at Xero

Xero is an inclusive 
work environment 
where different 
contributions and 
perspectives are valued 
and everyone can bring 
their whole self to work

Some of the ways in which we continued to build our inclusive work environment during  
the year:

• 

Inclusive leadership: Developed an inclusive leadership learning program in response to 
challenges highlighted in the COVID-19 operating environment, with many of our people 
leaders remotely leading diverse, physically distributed teams for the first time. Following 
a successful pilot in November 2020, we are now offering this inclusive leadership program 
as foundational learning to build the inclusion capability of leaders across Xero, in 
support of our expectation that great people leaders at Xero build inclusive, resilient, and 
psychologically safe teams  

* Given an intended board size of 7 - 9 directors, this equates to maintaining not less than 30% female representation and not less than 30% male 
representation on the Board 
¹ Refer to CEO Review which sets out the expanded role for the Chief Customer Officer and new reporting lines for the Managing Director in each region. 
These changes have increased diversity at the leadership team level

XERO ANNUAL REPORTXero is an inclusive 
work environment 
where different 
contributions and 
perspectives are valued 
and everyone can bring 
their whole self to work

62

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

•  Cultural diversity survey: Launched our first cultural diversity survey on World Day for 
Cultural Diversity in May 2020. The survey focused on three key indicators of cultural 
diversity that are meaningful from a global perspective: country of origin, languages we use, 
and identity. Our objective was to obtain a globally consistent baseline for cultural diversity 
across these indicators, and we shared the results of our survey internally and externally. 
Following this survey, we also reviewed our data around racial and ethnic diversity to 
understand how our workforce reflects the communities we operate in, so we can identify 
representation gaps and work to narrow these gaps over time  

•  Addressing racism & racial inequality: After a town hall session for our people in the 

Americas to discuss their reactions to Black Lives Matter and their experiences of systemic 
racism and racial inequality, our Americas leadership team worked with a local expert to 
develop an action plan to amplify our Diversity and Inclusion efforts in the region. This plan 
was informed by insights from focus groups conducted with employees and leaders in the 
Americas during August and September 2020. In February 2021, we appointed a Diversity 
and Inclusion Program Manager to support the implementation of this plan in the Americas, 
and help us share learnings across our global business. We also conducted allyship training 
for all people leaders in the Americas, focused on understanding the workplace experience 
of Black professionals, facilitated by a leader from the Black Professionals in Tech Network 

•  Support for parents: Launched a new program of inclusive benefits to support our people 

when they are starting or growing their family, including significantly increased leave 
benefits (up to 26 weeks as a top-up to 100% of base salary for all primary carers, and six 
weeks paid leave for partners), a standard ‘flexi-return’ policy when returning to work and 
10 paid ‘keeping in touch’ days to ensure parents can stay connected to Xero while on leave. 
Our support for parents is available to all permanent employees globally, regardless of their 
gender identity, how they become a parent, or how long they have been with Xero

•  LGBTQI+ inclusion: Installed all gender signage across the accessible bathrooms and 

shower rooms in our Wellington headquarters to create a more inclusive and welcoming 
environment for trans, gender diverse and non-binary employees and guests, with a plan 
to extend this initiative wherever possible in our offices globally.  Options were introduced 
in Xero’s internal human resources system to enable employees to identify as non-binary 
or gender diverse.  Highlighted significant events such as Pride Month in the northern 
hemisphere, Wear It Purple Day in Australia and LGBTQ History Month in the UK with 
internal communications, videos, educational posts and virtual events. Successfully 
piloted an ally skills training program in December 2020, with a broader rollout planned 
commencing with our Product team initially, to develop people’s confidence and practical 
skills to take effective action when they can best act as an ally    

•  Sharing personal stories: Promoted inclusion through creating awareness and understanding 
on topics such as neurodiversity (through a series of profiles of neurodivergent Xeros in our 
global #diversity channel) and invisible disabilities (through a personal story shared across 
our global business on International Day of People with Disability) 

•  Mental health & wellbeing: Delivered a range of mental health support and wellbeing 

resources in response to the COVID-19 environment, and offered all our people an additional 
day of paid wellbeing leave in the lead-up to World Mental Health Day 

•  Cultural inclusion: Promoted cultural awareness and inclusion by highlighting cultural and 
religious events such as Māori, Samoan, and Tongan language weeks and Matariki (Māori 
New Year) in New Zealand, Africa Day in the UK, NAIDOC Week (National Aborigines and 
Islanders Day Observance Committee) in Australia, and Ramadan and Lunar New Year 
globally. Our recently formed employee resource group, Black Xero, also curated a program 
of educational content and events for Black History Month in the Americas

• 

Indigenous engagement in Australia: Our Australian senior leadership team completed 
Indigenous cultural competency training to increase their knowledge, skills and confidence 
working with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and communities, with a view to 
building cultural competency within our business and beginning our reconciliation journey

•  Flexible Work: After completing a rapid transition to fully remote working in response to 
COVID-19, we established a working group called Future of Work to guide our longer-term 
approach to Flexible Working recognising the significant connections between flexibility, 
wellbeing, and inclusion for our people. The working group delivered an updated Approach 
to Flexible Work policy that is underpinned by flexibility and choice for all employees

 
 
63

Our workforce demographics

We’re committed to increasing transparency of our workforce data1 as an important first step on our journey towards 
better reflecting the communities we operate in and the customers we serve. For the first time this year, we include data 
about age, racial and ethnic diversity. 

We are committed to further understanding our global race and ethnicity profile and over the course of FY22 will 
develop measurable initiatives to improve our diversity.

Gender2, 3

Executive leadership 
team

Employees

All people managers

Age³

Men (37%)

Women (63%)

Men (57%)

Women (42%)

Men (60%)

Women (40%)

Additional gender identities 
(1%)

Additional gender identities 
(0.3%)

20–29 years (30%)

30–39 years (46%)

40–49 years (19%)

50 years + (5%)

Gender diversity statistics The proportion of women employed by Xero Limited and its subsidiaries (Xero Group) as at 31 March 
2021 is shown below:1

At 31 March

Directors

Leadership team4

2021
women

3

5

2021 
men

5

3

2021
total

8

8

Employees

1,535

2,093

3,6503

2021
%

38%

63%

42%

2020
women

2020 
men

3

5

4

7

2020 
total

7

12

1,292

1,743

3,0473

2020 
%

43%

42%

42%

¹ Gender and age data covers our global workforce. Race & ethnicity data is provided for countries where the majority of employees have answered an 
optional race/ethnicity question in Workday, our human resources information system. All data is self-reported, as at 31 March 2021. 
² Xero has an optional gender identification question that allows employees to choose from the following options: female, male, gender diverse, non-
binary, none of the options offered and prefer not to say. Where employees have selected non-binary, gender diverse, none of the options offered or prefer 
not to say, their responses are included in the total. 42 employees (1.1%) were excluded from the total because they have not responded to the gender 
identification question 
³ These figures include permanent full-time, permanent part-time, fixed-term, casual employees and interns, and do not include contractors 
⁴ Xero’s leadership team is defined as the CEO and all senior executives who report directly to the CEO. During FY21, our four regional leaders (who 
identify as male) became direct reports to the Chief Customer Officer. This reduced the number of direct reports to the CEO from 11 to 7 and increased the 
percentage of women on our leadership team. The number of women on the leadership team remained unchanged 

WGEA report notification Xero’s Australian subsidiary, Xero Australia Pty Limited, submits an annual Workplace Gender Equality 
Report under the Australian Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012 (available once published on WGEA’s website at  
www.wgea.gov.au).

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
64

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

Race & ethnicity1

Australia2

New Zealand3

United Kingdom4

United States5

Aboriginal and/or Torres 
Strait Islander people6 (0.1%)

African and/or Middle  
Eastern7 (1%)

Asian8 (12%)

Australian (31%)

European9 (5%)

Other Oceanian10 (1%)

Asian12 (16%)

Māori13 (2%)

Middle Eastern / Latin 
American / African (3%)

New Zealand European14 
(33%)

Other European (14%)

Pacific Peoples (1%)

People of the Americas (1%)

No data11 (31%)

No data11 (47%)

Asian or Asian British15 (9%)

Asian (7%)

Black, African, Caribbean or 
Black British16 (4%)

Black or African American 
(3%)

Mixed or multiple ethnic 
groups17 (2%)

White18 (53%)

No data11 (32%)

Hispanic or Latin (6%)

Native Hawaiian or other 
Pacific Islander (0.3%)

Two or more races (5%)

White (60%)

No data11 (20%)

1 Gender and age data covers our global workforce. Race & ethnicity data is provided for countries where the majority of employees have answered an 
optional race/ethnicity question in Workday, our human resources information system. All data is self-reported, as at 31 March 2021.
² Categories in this donut broadly reflect the Australian Bureau of Statistics Standard Classification of Cultural and Ethnic Groups, 2019
³ Categories in this donut broadly reflect the Stats NZ Ethnicity Standard Classification, 2005
⁴ Categories in this donut broadly reflect the UK Government’s harmonised list of ethnic groups, 2011
⁵ Categories in this donut broadly reflect US Equal Opportunity Employment Commission EEO-1 reporting categories
⁶ Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples are the First Peoples of Australia
⁷ Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: North African, Sub-Saharan African
⁸ Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: North-East Asian, South-East Asian, Southern and Central Asian
⁹ Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: North-West European, Southern and Eastern European
10  Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: Australian South Sea Islander, Oceanian Other
11  Includes people who have not answered the race/ethnicity question in Workday, or who selected “None of the options offered” or “Prefer not to say” 
12 Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: Asian - Chinese / Indian / Other
13 Māori are the tangata whenua, the Indigenous people, of New Zealand
14 New Zealanders of European descent may also self-identify as Pākehā
15 Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: Asian - Bangladeshi / Chinese / Indian / Other / Pakistani
16 Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: Black - African / British
17 Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: Mixed - White & Asian / White & Black Caribbean / Other
18 Includes people who selected any of these descriptors in Workday: White - British / Irish / Other / Other European

 
 
65

Evaluation of the Board 
On an annual basis, the Board, with assistance from 
the Nominations Committee, reviews and evaluates its 
performance (including against the requirements of the 
Board Charter) and the performance of Committees and 
individual directors.

These performance reviews are conducted both internally 
and, on a periodic basis, externally with the assistance of a 
facilitator. The Board conducted an internal performance 
review during FY21. This review evaluated Board, 
Committee, and individual director performance.

The Board, with guidance from the Nominations 
Committee, determines the size and composition of the 
Board, and the appointment, re-election or retirement of 
directors. A director does not participate in the decision 
regarding their own election or re-election.

After considering a number of factors, including the results 
of the performance reviews, the Board determines whether 
to endorse the directors who will stand for re-election at 
the Annual Meeting. Information relevant to the election 
or re-election of directors at an Annual Meeting, including 
their professional experience and all other material 
information relevant to a decision on whether or not  
to elect or re-elect a director, is included in the Notice  
of Meeting distributed each year in advance of the  
Annual Meeting.

Evaluation of the leadership team 
The Chair of the Board, with support from the P&R 
Committee, reviews and makes recommendations on 
the performance evaluation of the CEO. The CEO, with 
oversight from the P&R Committee, reviews and makes 
recommendations on the performance evaluation of the 
rest of Xero’s leadership team. 

The performance of Xero’s leadership team is reviewed 
annually. Performance reviews are conducted by assessing 
each executive’s performance against specific and 
measurable quantitative and qualitative performance 
criteria. The assessment is then discussed with the P&R 
Committee. The performance criteria against which the 
executives are assessed are aligned with the financial and 
non-financial objectives of Xero.

Performance reviews for Xero’s leadership team took  
place for FY21 in accordance with this process. The 
remuneration outcomes resulting from the performance 
reviews for the CEO and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are 
detailed in pages 73 to 92 of this Annual Report in the 
Remuneration Report.

Principle 2: Structure the board to be 
effective and add value

Nominations Committee
Charter The Nominations Committee Charter sets out 
the Nominations Committee’s role to, in summary, assist 
the Board in relation to Board and Committee size, 
composition, performance evaluation, succession planning, 
and director and CEO appointment. The Nominations 
Committee Charter is available on Xero’s website at www.
xero.com/about/investors/governance/. 

The Nominations Committee Charter provides that the 
Committee will consist of a majority of independent 
directors, be chaired by an independent non-executive 
director, and have at least three members. The Committee 
composition meets these requirements. The Committee 
meets at least four times per year and all directors have a 
standing invitation to attend its meetings.

Details about the Nominations Committee membership  
and meeting attendance are set out under Principle 1 on 
page 58.  

Responsibilities The Nominations Committee’s duties and 
responsibilities include:

•  Regularly reviewing and making recommendations to 
the Board as to the size and composition of the Board 
and its Committees

•  Overseeing the search for, and selection of, new 

directors for nomination for appointment by the Board

•  Making recommendations to the Board regarding the 
appointment of the CEO, as well as the nomination of 
directors for election or re-election by shareholders

•  Overseeing and regularly reviewing an appropriate 
director induction program, as well as considering 
the professional development needs of directors and 
ensuring they have access to ongoing professional 
development as required

•  Overseeing the regular assessment of, and making 

recommendations to the Board as to, the independence 
of each director and associated disclosures

•  Developing succession plans for the Board to maintain 
an appropriate mix of skills, knowledge, experience, 
independence, and diversity

XERO ANNUAL REPORT66

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

Director appointment In selecting and appointing new directors, the Board identifies and considers qualified potential candidates 
with the appropriate mix of skills, knowledge, experience, diversity, and independence that the Board and Committees are seeking 
to achieve, and the time commitment required from non-executive directors. 

Suitable candidates are appointed by the Board and hold office until Xero’s next Annual Meeting, where they are then eligible  
for election.

The director skills matrix was reviewed and updated following the appointment of additional directors in FY21 and the table below 
summarises the directors’ relevant skills, and the Board is satisfied that the skills matrix demonstrates that the Board has the 
appropriate mix of skills and experience necessary to oversee the governance and operations of Xero.

Capability

Number of directors with the capability

High capability

Medium capability

Cloud, online, and financial platforms
Expertise in business software and delivering solutions at scale through 
SaaS, cloud and platforms

Digital product management and marketing
Digital product expertise with extensive expertise across technology trends, 
and implications and the software and technology product value chain

Strategy and development
Corporate strategy and development including M&A and strategic 
partnerships

Go-to-market and customer experience
Deep customer insight and advocacy. Go-to-market expertise including 
direct sales, internet sales and new markets, and specific customer  
channel experience

Financial expertise
Financial expertise with deep public company experience in finance, 
accounting, planning and investor relations

International markets
Exposure to at least two of Xero’s key international markets  
(Asia, Americas, EMEA, New Zealand and/or Australian markets)

Listed company governance; risk
Depth of expertise in listed company governance, compliance and risk 
management

People and culture
Remuneration, workforce planning, talent, culture, and diversity 
and inclusion

3

2

8

6

2

2

4

7

4

5

-

2

5

6

4

1

 
 
67

Independence
Xero considers a director to be independent when they are a non-executive director who is independent of management and free 
of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with (or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere 
with) the independent exercise of their unfettered judgement, having regard to the best interests of Xero as a whole.

In the context of director independence, ‘materiality’ is considered from both a Xero and an individual director perspective.

The Board makes an assessment of the independence of each director upon their appointment and annually thereafter. 
Directors are required to disclose to the Board relevant personal interests and conflicts of interest on an ongoing basis. In 
accordance with the definition of independence above, and having regard to the relevant factors listed in the ASX Principles and 
Recommendations, the following directors of Xero are considered to be independent:

•  David Thodey (Chair)

•  Steven Aldrich (Commenced 1 October 2020)

•  Mark Cross   

•  Lee Hatton

•  Dale Murray

•  Susan Peterson

The length of service of each director is ascertainable from the information on pages 55 and 56 of this Annual Report.

Board composition and Chair
The Board Charter states that the Board will consist of a majority of independent non-executive directors. The Chair of Xero, 
David Thodey, is assessed as an independent non-executive director. The Chair’s role is to, in summary, lead the Board, facilitate 
constructive discussion at Board meetings, and ensure that the Board functions effectively and communicates the Board’s 
position to shareholders.

Board diversity and tenure 

As at 31 March 2021

Tenure

Gender

Location

Race & Ethnicity

0-3 years 37.5% (3 directors)

Male 62.5%  (5 directors)

NZ 37.5% (3 directors)

100% White and/or European 

3-6 years 25% (2 directors)

Female 37.5% (3 directors)

AU 37.5% (3 directors)

UK 12.5% (1 director)

US 12.5% (1 director)

descent))

heritage (includes one director 

who also identifies as Pākehā (a 

New Zealander of European 

6-9 years 12.5% (1 director)

9+ years 25% (2 directors)

Induction
All new Board members are given appropriate induction to enable them to gain an understanding of Xero, its values, its people, 
and customers, its operations, its financial, strategic, and risk management position, and the rights, duties and responsibilities 
of the Board, its Committees, and management. In addition, ASX Listing Rules training is provided to Board members when they 
join the Board. Each new Board member has the opportunity to meet with existing Board members, Xero’s leadership team, and 
relevant members of the senior management team. All Board members are expected to maintain the skills required to discharge 
their respective roles, and are supported in this with access to training and professional development opportunities identified and 
overseen by the Nominations Committee.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
68

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

Principle 3: Act ethically and 
responsibly 

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in 
corporate reporting 

Code of Conduct
Xero has a Code of Conduct (the Code), which applies to all 
directors, officers, employees, contractors, and consultants 
of the Xero Group. The Code details Xero’s standards 
and values and sets out expectations for behaviour and 
conducting business at Xero. The Code is underpinned by 
Xero policies, some of which are global and some of which 
are country specific, and include topics covering safety 
and wellbeing, respect and consideration, and workplace 
behaviour. The Code also sets out Xero’s zero-tolerance 
approach to bribery, facilitation payments, and corruption 
in any form. The Board is informed of any material breaches 
of the Code. 

The Code is available on Xero’s website at https://www.
xero.com/about/investors/governance/ and is also made 
available to employees via Xero’s intranet.

Whistleblower Policy 
Xero has a Whistleblower Policy, which applies to everyone 
who currently works or formerly worked at any entity in the 
Xero Group (including all directors, officers, employees, 
contractors, consultants, volunteers, interns, casual 
workers, and agency workers) and to any current or former 
supplier of goods or services (whether paid or unpaid) to 
any entity in the Xero Group (and their employees). The 
policy also applies to the relatives, dependants, or spouses 
of any of those people. The policy aims to encourage a 
culture of openness and accountability within the Xero 
Group. It includes topics such as the types of concerns that 
can be raised, how to raise concerns, how whistleblowers 
will be protected and supported, and how Xero will 
investigate and deal with any concerns that are raised. The 
Board is informed of any material concerns reported under 
the policy.

The policy is available on Xero’s website at https://www.
xero.com/about/investors/governance/ and is also made 
available to employees via Xero’s intranet along with 
supporting information specific to relevant regions. 

Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking 
Statement 
Xero has published a statement (on behalf of itself and Xero 
Australia Pty Limited under Australia’s Modern Slavery Act 
2018 (Cth) and on behalf of itself and Xero (UK) Limited 
under the United Kingdom’s Modern Slavery Act 2015) 
setting out the actions that it has taken to understand 
potential modern slavery risks related to its business and 
supply chains and to implement steps to prevent slavery 
and human trafficking. 

This statement is available on Xero’s website at www.xero.
com/about/investors/governance/.

Audit and Risk Management Committee 
Purpose The ARM Committee Charter (the ARM Charter) 
sets out the ARM Committee’s role to, in summary, assist 
the Board in relation to financial reporting principles and 
policies, integrity of Xero’s financial statements, audit 
functions, internal control processes, risk management, 
and legal and regulatory compliance. The ARM Charter 
is available on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/
investors/governance/.

The ARM Charter sets out that the Committee will:

•  Consist of non-executive directors 

•  Be chaired by an independent director who is not the 

chair of the Board 

•  Have at least three members, a majority of whom are 

independent 

•  Be composed of members who are financially literate 

•  Have at least one member with accounting or related 

financial management expertise 

The Committee composition meets these requirements. 
The Committee meets at least four times per year and all 
directors have a standing invitation to attend its meetings.

Details about ARM Committee membership and meeting 
attendance are set out under Principle 1 on page 58, and 
ARM Committee members’ qualifications can be found at 
pages 55 and 56.

Responsibilities The ARM Committee is responsible for 
providing recommendations and advice to the Board on 
areas including:

•  Reviewing financial statements and financial forecasts 
intended for external publication and the results of the 
half-year review and full-year audit

•  Reviewing Xero’s corporate and financial reporting 

and disclosure processes, as well as Xero’s accounting 
policies and financial reporting practices

•  Overseeing the effectiveness of the accounting and 

internal control systems

•  Appointment, reappointment, removal, and 

remuneration or replacement of the external auditor as 
well as approving and reporting annually on the fees for 
and terms of the external auditor’s engagement, and on 
the scope and adequacy of the audit plan of the external 
auditors

•  Reviewing and reporting on the overall adequacy and 
effectiveness of relevant internal controls, processes, 
and compliance

 
 
 
 
Principle 5: Make timely and balanced 
disclosure 

Continuous Disclosure Policy 
Xero’s Continuous Disclosure Policy describes the key 
obligations of the Board and Xero’s leadership team to 
ensure that Xero complies with its disclosure obligations 
under the ASX Listing Rules. The Continuous Disclosure 
Policy applies to all directors and employees of Xero or  
any Xero group company, as well as any contractor, 
consultant, or other person who has agreed to comply  
with Xero’s policies. 

The Board is responsible for compliance with Xero’s 
continuous disclosure obligations and has established a 
Disclosure Committee, comprising the CEO, the CFO, and 
the Chief Legal Officer & Company Secretary to support this 
primary responsibility and provide assurance. Xero’s Chief 
Legal Officer & Company Secretary is primarily responsible 
for overseeing and coordinating all communications with 
the ASX, and is the Disclosure Officer for the purpose of 
the policy. Any briefing or presentation materials that 
contain price sensitive information will be released to the 
ASX before being communicated outside Xero. The Board 
receives copies of all material Market Releases as soon as 
possible after they have been released to the market. 

Xero’s Authorised Representatives, being those persons 
authorised to speak on behalf of Xero to major investors 
and analysts, include  the Chair, the CEO, the CFO, the 
Executive General Manager of Investor Relations, the 
Executive General Manager of Communications, the 
General Manager of Corporate Communications, or their 
respective delegates, and any other person authorised by 
the CEO.   

Xero’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available on the Xero 
website at www.xero.com/about/investors/governance/.

69

•  Approving and reviewing the structure of the Assurance 
function, the scope and adequacy of the program of 
work, and reviewing significant assurance findings and 
action taken by management to address these

•  Annually assessing and reviewing the overall adequacy 
and effectiveness of Xero’s risk management framework 
to satisfy itself that it continues to be sound and that 
Xero is operating with due regard to the risk appetite 
set by the Board, the methodology and processes 
for identifying, assessing, monitoring, and managing 
financial and non-financial risks, and the risk appetite 

Reporting The Chair of the ARM Committee communicates 
the findings of the Committee to the Board at the next 
Board meeting.

To ensure that the external auditor remains independent 
at all times, non-audit work is authorised by the ARM 
Committee.

Xero is committed to ensuring that the external auditor 
carries out its function independently and has adopted 
an Auditor Independence Policy. The policy requires that 
the senior audit partner must be rotated at least every 
five years. The senior audit partner responsible for the 
FY21 audit commenced as Xero’s audit partner in the 
FY21 financial year. The policy also requires the external 
auditor to confirm annually that it has complied with all 
professional regulations relating to auditor competency  
and independence.

The external auditor will attend and be available to answer 
shareholder questions at Xero’s Annual Meeting.

Declaration regarding financial statements 
As a New Zealand domiciled company, section 295A of the 
Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) is not applicable 
to Xero. However, the CEO and CFO provide written 
statements to the Board in accordance with the ASX 
Principles and Recommendations, in respect of Xero’s half 
and full year reporting periods. These statements confirm 
whether, in their opinion: 

•  The financial records of Xero have been properly 

maintained; 

•  The financial statements comply with the appropriate 

accounting standards; 

•  The financial statements give a true and fair view of the 

financial position and performance of Xero.

The CEO and CFO also confirm to the Board that their 
view is founded on the basis of a sound system of risk 
management and internal control which is operating 
effectively in all material respects.

XERO ANNUAL REPORTPrinciple 6: Respect the rights of 
security holders 

Shareholder communication 
Investor Centre Xero’s website has a dedicated Investor 
Centre. This provides important information about Xero 
and its governance that is relevant to Xero’s shareholders. 
Xero’s Investor Centre includes: 

•  Xero’s Board and Committee Charters, policies,  

and Constitution

•  Profiles of Xero’s directors and leadership team

•  ASX Market Releases

•  Pre-Annual Meeting engagement with our largest 

beneficial interest holders and the primary governance 
advisory bodies

•  Engagement with the retail investor community through 

close involvement with shareholder associations 

Annual Meeting 
Xero encourages shareholders to attend our Annual 
Meeting and to ask questions of the Chair, Board, CEO, CFO 
and other attending members of Xero’s leadership team: 

•  Half and full year financial results and investor 

•  Shareholders are notified of the Annual Meeting in 

70

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

advance of the meeting in accordance with  
regulatory requirements

•  Shareholder voting is conducted via a poll, and 

shareholders may vote electronically or by proxy

•  Xero moved to a fully virtual Annual Meeting in FY20 
in response to COVID-19. The meeting was held via an 
online platform provided by Xero’s share registrar, Link 
Market Services Limited. Shareholders were able to 
watch the meeting live, vote, and ask questions online

•  Xero’s FY21 Annual Meeting will be fully virtual via an 

online platform provided by Xero’s share registrar, Link 
Market Services Limited  

•  Noting the geographical spread of its shareholders, 

Xero carefully plans the timing and format (including 
accommodating virtual attendance) of its Annual 
Meeting to allow as many shareholders as possible to 
attend and participate

presentations

•  Links to live webcasts or conference calls for the 
financial results and other investor briefings 

•  Key upcoming dates in the financial calendar

•  Historical financial reports and share price

•  Details of Xero’s share registrar, Link Market  

Services Limited

•  An online form to enable investors to send enquiries 

directly to the Xero investor relations team

Xero’s media releases can be found in the media section 
of the Xero website at https://www.xero.com/about/media/
announcements/. 

Annual Report and other shareholder communications 
Alongside the publication of half and full year results, 
Xero’s Annual Report is made available to shareholders 
electronically (and by post when elected) and includes 
relevant information about the operations of Xero and 
other required disclosures. Each shareholder also receives 
a Notice of Annual Meeting, inviting them to attend and 
participate in Xero’s Annual Meeting. 

Shareholders may elect to receive communications from, 
and send communications to, Xero and its share  
registry electronically.

Investor relations program 
Xero has an investor relations function which operates 
a comprehensive and active investor relations program. 
The program supports Xero’s commitment to ensure its 
shareholders receive important information in a timely 
and effective manner and facilitates regular dialogue with 
investors. Activities undertaken as part of the investor 
relations program include: 

•  Post-result and ad hoc meetings with institutional 

investors and analysts

•  Attendance at a range of domestic, regional, and global 

investor conferences  

 
 
 
 
 
71

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

Risk Management Governance and Audit and 
Risk Management Committee 
As mentioned under Principle 4 on page 68, the Board has 
established an ARM Committee that operates under the 
ARM Charter, which is available on Xero’s website.

Risk management oversight and accountability is an integral 
part of Xero’s overall governance and the Board has ultimate 
accountability for risk management, which includes ensuring 
that material risks facing Xero have been identified and that 
adequate controls, monitoring, and reporting mechanisms 
are in place and operating effectively. The ARM Committee 
assists the Board with its oversight of risk management, 
audit, and compliance.

The ARM Committee operates in accordance with the ARM 
Charter, which sets out its responsibilities for monitoring 
Xero’s risk management, including how Xero identifies, 
assesses, and controls strategic, operational, and financial 
risks within the Board approved risk appetite. This is 
designed to ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of Xero’s 
ongoing risk management program, including policies and 
guidelines relating to corporate governance, legal, regulatory 
and ethical compliance, business continuity management, 
data privacy, and information systems security.

Enterprise Risk Management framework 
Xero has an enterprise risk management framework that is 
managed by the CFO and overseen by the ARM Committee. 

There are several components to Xero’s risk management 
framework including

•  Policies and procedures covering key financial and non-

financial risks

•  Guidelines and limits for approval of all expenditure, 

including capital expenditure and investments

•  Various strategic governance forums whose purpose 
includes oversight of key areas of risk, including the 
Security Governance Group and the Data Use and 
Governance Group

•  Due diligence processes for M&A activities

A key component of Xero’s risk management framework is 
the regular review of key risks and opportunities by Xero’s 
leadership team. The Xero Group risk profile was developed, 
and continues to be reviewed and refined, through a series 
of workshops and discussions involving Xero’s leadership 
team, senior management, and operational specialists. 
The identified risks are included in a risk radar for review 
according to the key risk categories, which include strategic, 
operational, legal and compliance, financial and emerging 
risks. The risk radar is reviewed with each member of 
Xero’s leadership team at least twice per year. Risks lying 
outside the boundaries of Xero’s agreed risk appetite require 
proactive mitigation and include ongoing action plans, which 
are tracked and monitored on a periodic basis by Xero’s 
leadership team.

Management of economic, environmental, and 
social sustainability risks 
There are a number of risks that could materially impact 
Xero. As part of Xero’s risk management process, Xero has 
identified and assessed those areas of risk that may impact 
the business. Effective monitoring and mitigation of these 
risks supports Xero’s ongoing growth and protects returns.

The enterprise risk framework covers a broad range of 
financial and non-financial risks. Pages 33 and 35 of this 
Annual Report highlight a range of key risks including 
economic, environmental, and social sustainability  
related risks and how Xero manages or intends to manage 
those risks.

Xero operates in an online environment, with its operational 
model being primarily desk-based employees. Accordingly, 
Xero’s direct environmental footprint is relatively small and 
is made up largely from the energy used in its offices, third-
party data centres, and from the typical consumables of an 
online, desk-based business. However, we acknowledge that 
how we conduct our business has an impact on a range of 
stakeholders, the communities in which we operate, and on 
the environment more broadly. 

We recognise the importance of climate change, which is 
included as a risk within our enterprise risk radar. We are 
working towards alignment with the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures which will provide additional 
insights on risks and opportunities, and allow us to drive 
further risk management focus across this key area of risk.

More information about our approach to social and 
environmental impact is available on pages 23 to 32 in this 
report and on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/social-
and-environmental-impact. 

Review of risk appetite and risk framework
The ARM Committee reviews Xero’s risk management 
framework at least annually to satisfy itself that it continues 
to be sound and that Xero is operating with due regard to 
the risk appetite set by the Board

The ARM Committee also reviews and approves the 
risk appetite parameters, and reviews the risk radar at 
least twice per year to ensure it has oversight of status, 
understands key changes, and monitors key mitigation 
action plans. The ARM Committee also receives risk ‘deep-
dive’ updates on key risk areas.

The ARM Committee engaged an external provider to review 
Xero’s risk management framework during FY21 and, based 
on the findings from that review, considered the current 
framework to be sound. In line with the desire to continually 
improve our risk management framework and ensure it 
evolves with the continued growth of the business, further 
investment in people, processes, and technology will be 
made in the coming year.  

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
Internal audit 
Xero has an internal Assurance function which provides 
independent and objective assurance and advice on 
Xero’s organisational governance, risk management and 
internal control processes. The Assurance function assists 
the business in understanding and managing risk and 
provides confidence that the key elements of the business 
that are relied on to manage risk are in place and working 
effectively.

To maintain independence, the Executive General Manager 
of Risk and Assurance has a functional reporting line to 
the Chair of the ARM Committee (day to day reporting is 
to the Chief Financial Officer) and regularly meets with the 
Chair without other management present. The Head of 
Assurance reports to the Executive General Manager of Risk 
and Assurance and also has direct access to the Chair of 
the ARM Committee. The Assurance function develops an 
assurance plan which is approved by the ARM Committee 
twice per year. The ARM Committee receives and 
reviews reports regarding assurance activity undertaken 
and, through these reports, monitors the progress of 
management action plans.

72

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
E
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and 
responsibly 

People & Remuneration Committee 
Charter The P&R Committee Charter (the P&R Charter) 
sets out the P&R Committee’s role to, in summary, assist 
the Board in relation to overseeing the human resources 
activities of Xero, including overseeing strategies and 
policies relating to organisational structure and culture, 
remuneration, employee performance and development, 
and succession planning of Xero’s leadership team (other 
than the CEO). The P&R Charter is available on Xero’s 
website at www.xero.com/au/about/investors/governance/.

The P&R Charter provides that the Committee will consist 
of a majority of independent directors, be chaired by an 
independent non-executive director, and have at least 
three members. The Committee composition meets these 
requirements. The Committee meets at least four times per 
year and all directors have a standing invitation to attend 
its meetings.

Details about P&R Committee membership and meeting 
attendance are set out under Principle 1 on page 58. 

Responsibilities The P&R Committee’s duties and 
responsibilities include: 

•  Overseeing appointment, termination, performance, and 
succession planning of Xero’s  leadership team (other 
than the CEO)

•  Reviewing and recommending to the Board Xero’s 

remuneration strategy, structure and policy, and short 
and long-term incentive plans, including amendments to 
such plans and other material employee benefits

•  Making annual recommendations to the Board about 
measurable objectives for achieving diversity and 
assessing the effectiveness of the Diversity and Inclusion 
Policy, measurable objectives for diversity and the 
progress toward achieving them 

More information about the P&R Committee and 
Xero’s approach to remuneration, including details of 
remuneration paid to directors (executive and non-
executive) are set out in the 2021 Remuneration Report on 
pages 73 to 92 of this Annual Report. The Remuneration 
Report also contains information on Xero’s policy for 
determining the nature and amount of remuneration for 
directors and senior executives.

Xero’s Share Trading Policy prohibits employees and 
directors from entering into transactions that are intended 
to hedge or otherwise limit the economic risk of unvested 
or restricted Xero securities.

 A copy of Xero’s Share Trading Policy is available on Xero’s 
website at www.xero.com/au/about/investors/governance/ 

 
 
 
 
73

Remuneration Report

In this report

1. 

Introduction

2.  Remuneration strategy

3.  Xero’s performance

4.  Remuneration outcomes overview

5.  Directors and senior executives

6.  Remuneration governance

74

76

79

80

80

81

7.  Key remuneration components for 

82 

the CEO and CFO

8.  STI outcomes in detail

9.  CEO and CFO remuneration

10. CEO and CFO employment 

conditions

11.  Non-executive director 

remuneration

12. Our team’s remuneration

87

88

89 

89

91

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
74

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

1. Remuneration 

Our Xero team faced many unexpected and serious 
challenges as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic.  
Everyone across our business worked tirelessly to support 
our customers, while always prioritising the wellbeing of  
our team. 

Despite this difficult backdrop, our business delivered 
continued strong momentum in Australia and New Zealand 
together with an impressive recovery in our international 
markets. These results are a credit to our team, our 
customers and our partners, who have demonstrated 
incredible resilience.  We couldn’t be more grateful for the 
incredible effort of all involved. 

Our People and Remuneration Committee (P&R Committee) 
worked even more closely with our leadership team as the 
impact of the pandemic was felt. We prioritised the health 
and wellbeing of our people as we closed our offices in every 
region and rapidly adjusted to supporting new and emerging 
needs of our customers and partners across the globe.  

Some of the ways in which we helped our people included:

•  Providing a monetary allowance to purchase equipment 

to set up safely and ergonomically at home

•  Ensuring all people leaders were supported with training 

to lead and support their teams remotely

• 

Increasing our internal communications to ensure that 
we were staying connected while working from home, 
and providing the information that our team needed, 
when they needed it

•  Appointing a Global Head of Wellbeing to lead programs 
to promote the wellbeing of our global team, with a focus 
on their psychological needs

•  Launching a wellbeing hub for our team and their 

families, including a wellbeing kit to help with mental 
health and keeping active

•  Ensuring our #human value was amplified by increasing 
our use of video technology to host personal health and 
wellbeing and coaching sessions 

As our offices closed, our teams took on the challenge 
of accelerating delivery while working remotely. The 
outstanding work delivered across the business from 
customer-facing, product and technology delivery, and 
corporate services teams, was integral in delivering Xero’s 
financial performance.   

During calendar year 2020, Xero’s product and technology 
teams collectively doubled the number of back and front 
end application updates, even with the disruptions of 
COVID-19 and our people moving to work remotely. Our 
people experience team managed the largest ever increase 
in our people, adding over 550 full-time equivalent team 
members over the year.  A large proportion of the  
new hires joined our team with remote set-up, onboarding,  
and induction.  

As the year progressed and businesses across the globe 
settled into new ways of working, the P&R Committee 
reconsidered the performance targets and the remuneration 
initiatives that had initially been deferred. The P&R 
Committee also prioritised the need for fair recognition and 
reward of our Xero team as the competition for technology 
talent intensified across the globe. 

As such, the remuneration review that had been paused 
earlier in the financial year was completed and, when and 
where appropriate against market benchmarks, salary 
increases were granted. 

Our approach to reward and recognition is designed to 
support Xero’s purpose, values, and the successful delivery 
of our strategy. This is key to our remuneration philosophy 
and practices.  

This Remuneration Report outlines the principles and 
structure of Xero’s remuneration of its directors and 
executives (being the CEO and direct reports of the 
CEO), with particular focus on the CEO Steve Vamos 
and CFO Kirsty Godfrey-Billy. We also provide details 
on the relationship between remuneration, Xero’s FY21 
performance, and shareholder outcomes.

During the early stages of the pandemic, a period of 
heightened uncertainty for our business, we made the 
decision to defer a number of planned initiatives including 
the annual remuneration review, grant of executive options, 
and setting of incentive-related performance targets.

In the interests of providing greater transparency and 
insight into our remuneration practices, this report goes 
beyond what we are required to disclose as a New Zealand 
incorporated company. As always, we welcome feedback on 
this evolving report. 

 
As we grow and scale, we will continue to review the 
structure of our executive remuneration regularly to ensure 
we attract and retain the best global talent and remain 
market competitive. 

1.1.3 Equity grants 
During FY21, in addition to our annual remuneration 
strategy and structure review, we continuously monitored 
the appropriateness of our remuneration approach and 
outcomes in light of the challenges and uncertainties of 
COVID-19. Being conscious of the need for disciplined cost 
management, Xero decided it was appropriate to defer 
the FY21 LTE options grant scheduled to take place in 
May 2020, until October 2020. This action resulted in a 
significantly higher exercise price and fewer options being 
granted to executives than would have otherwise been  
the case. 

1.1.4 Remuneration review outcomes 
The monitoring of our approach to remuneration in FY21 
also resulted in the P&R Committee deciding it was 
appropriate to postpone the planned review of executive 
remuneration, scheduled to take place in April 2020,  
until October 2020. Using market peer data, the 
remuneration review showed the CEO’s target total 
remuneration was considerably lower than benchmark. 
In response, the LTE component of the CEO’s target 
remuneration was increased while his base salary and 
target STI remained unchanged. As a result of the changes 
outlined in 1.1.2, the CFO’s remuneration package was 
rebalanced to reduce the LTE component and increase the 
base salary and STI components. 

There were no changes to the fees paid to non-executive 
directors during FY21. However, a scheduled review of the 
fee structure and fees paid began late in FY21, with any 
proposed changes to take effect in FY22.

75

1.1 Key developments in FY21 

1.1.1 Xero’s performance and short-term incentive 
(STI) outcomes 
Xero achieved record subscriber growth in the second half 
of FY21, to achieve our strongest half-year period ever. 
In FY21, EBITDA, net profit and free cash flow increased 
strongly compared to FY20. This reflects top-line growth 
together with close management of expenses and 
considered capital allocation.

This performance is reflected in the outcomes against STI 
targets for the CEO and CFO. Both executives earned an STI 
award for FY21 of 110% of target (being 90% of maximum).

1.1.2 Review of remuneration structure  
Each year Xero reviews its executive remuneration strategy 
and structure to ensure it is aligned to our strategic 
objectives and is fit for purpose. Two changes resulted 
from the most recent review completed during FY21. The 
first involved rebalancing executive remuneration by 
changing the mix of long-term equity (LTE), base salary, 
and STI components for both the CEO and executives. 
These changes capture Xero’s continued evolution from 
its start-up origins to a global technology company, 
where competitive remuneration is an important factor in 
attracting and retaining executive talent.

The second change was the introduction of a new annual 
LTE plan. The new plan replaces the FY19 executive block 
options plan that involved a one-off grant of options vesting 
over one to four years, depending on grant date and the 
start date of new executives.

Under the new LTE plan, option grants will be made 
each year and vest in full, three years from May in the 
year options were granted. The move to an annual grant 
cadence helps to provide Xero, together with existing and 
future executives, a more dynamic and flexible form of long-
term incentivisation. 

Consideration was also given to an alternative equity vehicle 
or award structure. However the Board determined that the 
LTE plan has been effective in motivating, rewarding, and 
retaining executives to deliver against longer-term strategy 
and sustained shareholder value creation. 

The new LTE plan provides alignment between shareholder 
and executive outcomes and incentivises long-term value 
creation. Options are granted with an exercise price based 
on the share price at the time (based on the 30-day volume 
weighted average price (“VWAP”)), with the value in options 
for executives only being realised if the share price exceeds 
the exercise price set at the grant date.

The LTE remains subject to malus and clawback provisions, 
as outlined in section 2.4, and further details on the LTE 
plan are outlined in section 7.5. 

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
76

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

Xero‘s remuneration framework is designed to attract, inspire 
and retain best-in-class talent through a structure that:

•  Ensures alignment with business strategy

•  Supports sustainable long-term value creation for 

shareholders and other stakeholders

•  Supports appropriate risk-taking and risk management

2. Remuneration strategy 

2.1 Our purpose and values 
Xero’s purpose is to make life better for people in small 
business, their advisors, and communities around the 
world. This purpose is underpinned by five values that are 
fundamental to everything we do, including our approach to 
remuneration and reward. 

•  Remuneration comprises a fixed and variable 

component, and Xero’s variable remuneration structured 
to ensure simplicity

•  STI for executives includes ‘voice of customer’ and 

‘voice of employee’ metrics 

•  STI outcomes for executives are finalised having regard 

to Xero’s values

•  The Board has discretion to reduce or change deferred 
STI and LTE outcomes, to ensure no unfair benefit is 
obtained by the executive (see 2.4 below)

#Human

#Challenge

#Team

#Ownership

#Beautiful

Xeros are authentic, 
 inclusive and really 
care 

Xeros dream big,  
lead  and embrace 
change 

Kind and assume best 
intent

Are curious and think 
big

Xeros are great 
team players

Champion Xero’s 
purpose  and 
priorities 

Inclusive, 
approachable  and 
show empathy 

Welcome challenging 
 conversations and do 
it  with respect

Work together to do 
 what’s best for Xero 
and  our customers 

Are willing to be 
vulnerable, share  fears, 
failures and learnings

Lead and embrace 
 change, seeking new 
 and better ways

Appreciate and 
celebrate  each other 
and success

Xeros deliver on our 
 commitments 

Do what we say we 
will do

Own our mistakes 
and  take positive 
action

Move fast to get the 
right things done

Xeros create 
experiences  that 
people love 

Create experiences 
that  inspire and 
delight

Do high-quality 
work

Go the extra mile

 
 
 
Incentivising appropriate risk-taking and managing risks 
further underpin our remuneration principles and structure. 
This approach to managing risk is borne out in a number  
of ways:

•  STI measures, weightings, and targets are reviewed  
and approved annually by the P&R Committee and 
Board, ensuring oversight and independence from  
plan participants

•  STI performance measures are calibrated to ensure  
they align to our values, Xero’s strategy and Xero’s  
risk appetite

•  STI financial outcomes are only confirmed after audited 

results are finalised

•  50% of executives’ STI awards are deferred for 12 
months and awarded in equity rather than cash, 
and vesting of the equity component is subject to 
confirmation from the P&R Committee that no award 
adjustment events have occurred

•  A three-year vesting period applies for annual options 
grants under the LTE, meaning that options are at risk 
and subject to malus and clawback for three years (as 
discussed below)

•  All executive variable remuneration (being deferred STI 
and LTE) is subject to malus and clawback rules that 
allow the Board to adjust, lapse, or claw back unvested 
and vested awards in certain circumstances to ensure no 
unfair benefit is obtained by executives (see section 2.4)

• 

In certain circumstances, the Board is able to exercise 
discretion to adjust all elements of executive variable 
remuneration to ensure no unfair benefit is obtained by 
executives (see section 2.4) 

Sections 7.4 and 7.5 contain further information about 
Xero’s STI and LTE arrangements.

77

2.2 Remuneration principles 
As a global technology company, Xero is dependent on 
highly skilled, specialist team members to execute our 
strategy. Our ability to attract, retain, reward, and motivate 
our people is fundamental to our long-term success.

Our executive remuneration framework has been carefully 
and purposefully developed to enable this by offering:

•  Fixed remuneration competitive with the market

•  Short-term incentives based on challenging individual 
and company-wide targets, with a deferred equity 
component

•  An options-based equity plan that is aligned with Xero’s 
strategy, ensuring a focus on execution and long-term 
value creation

The relatively high proportion of equity within the 
remuneration structure, and the use of options as the 
equity instrument, continues to help ensure we attract 
highly skilled people. It also aligns executive performance 
with shareholder interests and rewards the effective 
execution of Xero’s strategic plan over a multi-year period. 
The following summarises each remuneration principle and 
how it is reflected in our remuneration structure:

Alignment: A significant proportion of executive 
remuneration is contingent on share price, ensuring 
Xero executives receive rewards that mirror shareholder 
outcomes.

Fairness: Market competitive, up-front cash-based 
remuneration is balanced by equity remuneration with 
significant potential upside.  

Collaboration: Performance conditions attached to STI 
are largely company-wide focused, with a less significant 
individual component. Collaboration is key to the way we 
work; hence performance metrics are focused on this. 
Significant equity components emphasise the value of 
delivering on Xero’s company-wide strategic objectives, 
which are intended to drive long-term shareholder value. 
Xero’s people must collaborate to earn personal rewards.

Simplicity: There are no complicated LTE performance 
measures that require extensive explanation or to which 
the executives do not have a direct line of sight – the 
structure simply incentivises long-term value creation. STI 
performance measures are aligned with the voices of the 
shareholder, customer, and employee and are clear and 
easily assessed.

Flexibility: Xero’s short-term incentive performance 
measures combined with long-term options strike the 
right balance between ensuring that Xero executives 
have sufficient flexibility to respond to changing needs 
and circumstances, while always having regard to Xero’s 
strategy, vision, and long-term value creation. 

XERO ANNUAL REPORT78

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

2.3 Remuneration structure 
To foster tight alignment between the interests of executives and shareholders, Xero’s executive remuneration structure is 
deliberately weighted to have a substantial proportion of total target remuneration at risk. A large part of this at-risk component 
consists of option grants, providing leverage, and an effective multi-year incentive aligned with Xero’s high-growth strategy. 

Component

Fixed annual 
remuneration 

Short-term incentive 
(STI)

Long-term incentive 
(LTE)

Description

•  Base salary
•  Retirement benefits (superannuation / KiwiSaver or local 

equivalent)

•  An at-risk component set as a percentage of base salary
•  Calculated based on achievement against a range of company-
wide performance measures (financial and non-financial) and 
individual objectives

•  Paid after a one-year performance period (1 April to 31 March, 
aligned with Xero’s financial year). STI comprises 50% cash 
and 50% deferred equity in the form of restricted stock units 
(RSUs). Each RSU entitles the executive to receive one Xero 
share on vesting. Deferred equity vests one year after grant, 
subject to continuing employment and confirmation that no 
award adjustment events have occurred

•  An at-risk component set as a percentage of base salary and 

granted annually to participating executives, which entitles the 
executive to Xero shares on vesting of the option and payment 
of the exercise price

•  Options vest in the third May following grant
•  New hires / promotions may be invited to participate in the 

annual options plan, with a pro-rata allocation to reflect their 
entry into the plan part way through the year

•  Vesting is subject to continued employment, which provides 
an additional time-based retention incentive. Vesting is also 
subject to confirmation that no award adjustment events have 
occurred

Link to strategy and performance

Reviewed annually based on individual 
skills, experience, accountabilities, 
performance, leadership, and behaviours.

Rewards delivery of key strategic and 
financial objectives, in line with the annual 
business plan, and rewards outcomes 
aligned to Xero’s goals for growth and 
operational discipline. 

Organisational measures are approved by 
the P&R Committee and aligned with the 
strategic objectives of Xero.

Rewards delivery against longer-term 
strategy and sustained shareholder  
value creation. Fosters alignment  
between shareholder, customer, and 
executive outcomes.

2.4 Malus and clawback 
All executive variable remuneration is subject to malus and clawback provisions, which apply to vested and unvested equity 
awards. These provisions give the P&R Committee broad discretion to adjust, lapse/forfeit, or require repayment of equity 
awards to ensure no unfair benefit is obtained by the executive. This is one of the ways that we embed risk management into our 
remuneration strategy and forms part of the P&R Committee’s deliberations when considering whether to approve vest awards. 
Malus and clawback provisions will be relevant in a range of potential circumstances, for example where:

•  An executive has acted fraudulently, dishonestly or is in breach of their obligations to Xero

•  Xero becomes aware of a material misstatement in the financial statements of the Xero Group

•  An executive commits an act which brings the Xero Group into disrepute

•  An executive fails to perform any act reasonably and lawfully requested of that executive

2.5 Remuneration benchmarking 
Executive remuneration is benchmarked to a specific S&P/ASX peer group that is determined to be similar to Xero in terms 
of size, scale, and operations. Each year, the peer group is reviewed and updated by Xero, in conjunction with an independent 
remuneration consultant. Xero’s P&R Committee, in partnership with an external consultant, conducts a comparative analysis of 
the executive team’s compensation against reported roles within that identified peer group. 

 
 
79

3. Xero’s performance 

Xero’s financial results over the last five years are shown below, along with STI outcomes:

Measure

Subscribers

Annualised Monthly 

Recurring Revenue

FY17

1,035,000

FY18*

1,386,000

FY19

1,818,000

FY20

2,285,000

FY21

2,741,000

$363,120,000

$484,421,000

$638,179,000

$820,557,000

$963,597,000

Operating Revenue*

$295,389,000

$406,659,000

$552,819,000

$718,231,000

$848,782,000

Free Cash Flow*

($70,831,000)

($28,513,000)

$6,451,000

$27,105,000

$56,946,000

Average STI received as % 

of maximum (CEO/CFO)

72%

85%

79%

56%

90%

* Operating Revenue and Free Cash Flow for FY18 has been restated for changes in NZ IFRS 9, NZ IFRS 15, and NZ IFRS 16. FY17 has not been restated

Xero’s share price, total shareholder return, the S&P/ASX100 index return and STI outcomes over the last five years are shown 
below:

Measure

Xero Share Price (AU$)*

Xero Total Shareholder 

Return

FY17

18.10

29.75%

ASX100 Total Shareholder 

22.78%

Return

Average STI received as % 

of maximum (CEO/CFO)

72%

* Closing price for the last trading day in the financial year

FY18

33.44

84.75%

3.08%

85%

FY19

48.65

45.48%

FY20

67.91

39.59%

FY21

126.53

86.32%

14.16%

-12.60%

33.03%

79%

56%

90%

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
4. Remuneration outcomes overview 

Headline remuneration outcomes for Xero’s CEO and CFO are disclosed in the graph below on a realisable basis for FY21, including:

•  Fixed annual remuneration

•  Realisable cash and deferred RSU STI awarded based on FY21 performance: 50% is paid in cash and 50% deferred into RSUs. 
Deferred RSUs are expected to be granted in May 2021 and vest in May 2022, subject to continued service and malus and 
clawback provisions. The number of RSUs granted is dependent on the share price at grant: 110 percent of target STI (90 
percent of maximum) was awarded to each the CEO and CFO 

•  Value of the CEO’s one-off performance-based RSUs that vested during FY21: based on FY19 performance measures, the 

second of three tranches of 6,794 RSUs vested during FY21

•  Value of the CFO’s options that vested during FY21: 20,000 options from a legacy grant in FY17 vested for the CFO during FY21, 

and 33,332 options from the FY19 executive block options grant

80

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

CEO

CFO

0

1,000,000

2,000,000

3,000,000

4,000,000

Fixed

STI cash

STI equity

RSUs

LTE options

Further details on the CEO’s and CFO’s STI outcomes are outlined in section 8. 
Further details on the CEO’s and CFO’s other remuneration elements and outcomes for the FY21 year are outlined in section 9.

5. Directors and senior executives 

This report focuses on the remuneration of Xero’s directors, CEO and CFO in FY21 as identified in the table below. 

Position

Period position was held during the year

Country of 

residence

New Zealand

New Zealand

CEO

CFO

Australia

Independent non-executive Chair 

New Zealand

Founder, non-executive director

Australia

Independent non-executive director

Kingdom

New Zealand

Independent non-executive director

Australia

Non-executive director 

Executive 

Steve Vamos

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy

Non-executive directors

David Thodey 

Rod Drury

Lee Hatton

Susan Peterson

Craig Winkler

Mark Cross

Steven Aldrich

Dale Murray, CBE

United 

Independent non-executive director

New Zealand

Independent non-executive director

Full year (appointed as director 1 April 2020)

United States

Independent non-executive director

Appointed as director 1 October 2020

Full year

Full year

Full year 

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

 
 
81

6. Remuneration governance 

Xero’s remuneration governance framework is managed 
by the P&R Committee on behalf of the Board. The 
P&R Committee is tasked with ensuring that Xero’s 
remuneration practices are aligned with Xero’s strategic 
objectives and consistent with Xero’s remuneration 
principles and risk appetite. The P&R Committee considers 
the interplay between remuneration structures and risk 
when designing frameworks and setting and determining 
remuneration outcomes. 

6.1 Role of the People and Remuneration 
Committee 
The P&R Committee operates under a charter, which 
is available on Xero’s website at www.xero.com/about/
investors/governance. The P&R Committee oversees Xero’s 
strategies and policies relating to:

•  Organisational structure and culture

•  Remuneration

•  Employee performance and development

•  Succession planning for direct reports to the CEO 

(succession planning for the CEO is managed by the 
Nominations Committee)

The P&R Committee provides strategic, structural, 
and policy oversight of remuneration, employee 
performance and culture for the Xero workforce, making 
recommendations to the Board regarding HR policies, 
remuneration budgets, employee incentive plans and 
material employee benefits. 

The P&R Committee’s oversight of the remuneration 
of the CEO, and direct reports, involves close scrutiny 
of remuneration amounts and performance outcomes, 
including developing independent recommendations 
for CEO remuneration amendments and performance 
outcomes to be presented to the Board. The P&R 
Committee makes recommendations to the Board on 
STI and LTE plans and on remuneration arrangements 
for the CEO, and approves and informs the Board of the 
remuneration of the CFO and other executives.

The P&R Committee reviews and approves all equity and 
incentive payments to the executives, considering whether 
there are any reasons for delaying, holding back, or clawing 
back equity or incentive payments, as per the malus and 
clawback provisions. 

The P&R Committee seeks input from management  
and engages the services of independent advisors  
where appropriate.  

6.2 People and Remuneration Committee 
independence 
Consistent with the ASX Corporate Governance 
Principles and Guidelines, the P&R Committee consists 
of four members of the Board, the majority of whom are 
independent, including the Chair. The current  
membership comprises: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Susan Peterson (Chair)

David Thodey

Craig Winkler

Steven Aldrich

Other members of the Board, the CEO, executives, and 
members of Xero’s wider leadership team may be invited to 
attend meetings of the P&R Committee where appropriate. 

6.3 External and independent advice 
During the year, the P&R Committee engaged external 
consultants to provide guidance on Xero’s remuneration 
framework given Xero’s current and expected growth 
trajectory. This forms part of Xero’s governance framework. 
The P&R Committee is entitled to obtain independent 
advice, independent of management, to ensure that 
decisions are made in the best interests of Xero.

6.4 No dealing or protection arrangements 
Xero’s Securities Trading Policy prohibits employees and 
directors from entering into transactions that are intended 
to hedge or otherwise limit the economic risk of unvested 
or restricted Xero securities. 

Executives are not permitted to deal with their RSUs 
or options. All dealing of shares received on vesting or 
exercise of RSUs and options are subject to the rules 
outlined in the Securities Trading Policy.

A copy of Xero’s Share Trading Policy is available on Xero’s 
website at www.xero.com/about/investors/governance.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
 
7. Key remuneration components for the CEO and CFO 

Further detail is outlined below on how the remuneration structure described in section 2.3 applies to the CEO and CFO. 

7.1 CEO remuneration mix 
The CEO’s remuneration mix is as follows:

Target

Maximum

36%

35%

40%

Fixed annual 
remuneration

STI cash

STI equity

LTE

38%

82

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

12%

12%

18%

18%

7.2 CFO remuneration mix 
The CFO’s remuneration mix is as follows:

Target

25%

12%

12%

Maximum

23%

51%

19%

19%

Fixed annual 
remuneration

STI cash

STI equity

LTE

48%

7.3 Fixed annual remuneration 
Fixed annual remuneration is set in the context of Xero’s wider, growth-orientated remuneration strategy and considers an 
individual executive’s skills, experience, accountabilities, performance, leadership, and behaviours.

Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually to ensure that it continues to be appropriate and attract and retain key talent. This review 
process is conducted based on benchmarking data as described earlier. 

For the CEO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in no change to his base salary for FY21. 

For the CFO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in her base salary increasing to $625,000 from $550,000 as of 1 
October 2020.

Element

Components

Process

Details

Base salary

Retirement benefits (superannuation, KiwiSaver or local equivalent)

Set and reviewed annually based on individual skills, experience, 

accountabilities, performance, appropriate benchmarks, leadership  

and behaviours

 
 
83

7.4 At risk – short-term incentive (STI) 
STI is an at risk component of remuneration that is structured to reward progress towards and alignment with Xero’s strategic and 
financial objectives as well as creation of value for customers, employees and shareholders in the financial period. STI payments 
are set as a percentage of base salary, based on level of responsibility and country of residence.

STI is calculated based on achievement against a range of organisational performance measures (financial and non-financial) and 
individual objectives and vesting outcomes are determined with regard to whether the executive has acted in accordance with 
Xero’s values. The STI performance metrics have been chosen as they focus the CEO and CFO on growing global revenue and 
creating valued customer experiences while at the same time maintaining operational discipline. STI payments comprise 50% 
cash and 50% deferred equity in the form of RSUs. 

For the CEO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in no change to his STI for FY21. 

For the CFO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in her target STI increasing to $312,500 (50% of base salary) from 1 
October 2020, compared with 40% of base salary for FY20. 

Element

Purpose

Target opportunity (% base salary)

Details

Focus participants on delivery of business objectives over a one year 
period.

CEO 60%, CFO 50% (pro-rated to 45% for FY21, as the change from 40% 
to 50% was halfway through the year).

Maximum opportunity (% base salary)

CEO 74%, CFO 61%.

Performance period

Performance measures

Financial objectives (60%)

Non-financial objectives (40%)

Target setting

Evaluation of performance

Pay vehicle

Vesting conditions

Forfeiture and termination

Change of control

Performance is measured from 1 April to 31 March.

Performance metrics measure success in relation to our key stakeholders, 
reflecting the voice of employee, customer, and shareholder.

Financial objectives reflect the voice of shareholder - cash flow and net 
new monthly recurring revenue (MRR) targets. 

Non-financial metrics are based on:
•  Voice of Customer – Partner and small business net promoter score 

(NPS) targets

•  Voice of employee – Employee NPS and engagement targets
•  Individual objectives – Goals aligned to company strategic objectives

The targets set at the beginning of each financial year are reviewed 
and approved by the P&R Committee and are aligned to our longer-
term strategic objectives. Given the uncertainty around the impact of 
COVID-19, the setting of STI company financial targets was delayed until 
August 2020.

Performance against financial and non-financial objectives is determined 
at the end of the financial period after review of executive performance by 
the CEO, in consultation with the P&R Committee (and in the case of the 
CEO, by the Board).

50% of STI awarded is paid in cash, with the remaining 50% issued in 
RSUs.

RSUs vest one year from grant date, subject to continued service.

Unless the Board determines otherwise, if the executive ceases 
employment, all unvested RSUs will lapse and all STI awards not yet paid 
are forfeited.

The Board has broad discretion to determine the appropriate treatment 
of unvested RSUs on a change of control. Amongst other things, the 
Board may decide to vest/lapse unvested RSUs or settle them in cash 
instead of shares.

If the Board does not exercise its discretion, unvested RSU’s will vest pro 
rata, based on the proportion of the vesting period that has passed at the 
time of the change of control and the extent to which any applicable 
conditions have been satisfied.

Malus / Clawback provisions

Outlined in section 2.4.

Dividends and voting

RSUs do not carry an entitlement to dividends or voting prior to vesting.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT84

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

7.4.2 Link between remuneration and strategy 

Performance Measure

Weighting

Rationale for why chosen

Financial

Group net new monthly recurring revenue

45%

Key indicator of financial performance

Free Cash Flow

15%

Key indicator of financial performance

Ensures continued focus on growth

Aligns to ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, and ‘Ownership’ values

Non-Financial

Individual objectives

Partner and Small Business net promoter 
score (NPS)

Ensures continued focus on disciplined allocation of capital

Rewards appropriate balance between return generation and 
reinvestment in growth

Aligns to ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, and ‘Ownership’ values

20%

Key indicator of individual executive performance

Ensures continued focus on individual goals

Rewards for individual performance

Aligns to ‘Challenge’ and ‘Ownership’ values

10%

Key indicator of customer satisfaction

Ensures continued focus on customer retention

Aligns to ‘Human’, ‘Challenge’, ‘Team’, ‘Ownership’, and ‘Beautiful’ 
values

Employee engagement

5%

Key indicator of employee satisfaction

Employee net promoter score

5%

Key indicator of employee satisfaction

Ensures continued focus on employee engagement

Aligns to ‘Human’, ‘Challenge,’ and ‘Team’ values

Ensures continued focus on employee engagement

Aligns to ‘Human’, ‘Challenge’, and ‘Team’ values

 
 
85

7.5 At risk – long-term equity (LTE) 
LTE is an at-risk component of executive remuneration that is structured to reward the effective execution of Xero’s strategic plan 
over a multi-year period. 

A new LTE plan was implemented during FY21. The pay vehicle remained as options, but the grant cycle is now annual. Further 
details are outlined in the table below.

For the CEO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in his LTE increasing from $820,000 to $1,080,000 (94% of base 
salary, compared with 72% of base salary in FY20). 

For the CFO, the FY21 remuneration review process resulted in her LTE decreasing from $350,000 to $312,500 (50% of base salary, 
compared with 64% of base salary in FY20).

Element

Purpose

Details

Rewards delivery against longer-term strategy and sustained shareholder 
value creation. Provides alignment between shareholder, customer, and 
executive outcomes and time-based retention through multi-year vesting.

Maximum opportunity (% base salary)

CEO 94%, CFO 50%.

Pay vehicle

Options with an exercise price based on the 30-day VWAP leading up to grant 
date. Options lapse two years from the date of vest.

The exercise price acts as an in-built performance hurdle, incentivising 
executives to create value that increases the Xero share price above the 
exercise price over the vesting period.

Grant date

Options are granted annually. From FY22 this will be in or around July. 

Vesting conditions

Forfeiture and termination

Exercise of vested options

Change of control

Malus / Clawback provisions

Dividends and voting

Options were granted in November 2020 following a deferral from earlier in 
the year due to uncertainties relating to COVID-19.

Options all vest in the third May following grant. Options granted in November 
2020 will vest in May 2023.

In the event of summary dismissal, all unvested options are forfeited, and all 
vested but unexercised options will lapse.

In any other circumstances, all vested options will remain on foot and must be 
exercised within 30 days of ceasing employment, unless the Board decides 
otherwise.

Executives are unable to exercise options during a closed period and are 
subject to Xero’s Share Trading Policy and dealing restrictions as outlined in 
section 6.4.

The Board has broad discretion to determine the appropriate treatment  
of vested and unvested options on a change of control. Amongst other  
things, the Board may decide to vest/lapse unvested options, settle them in 
cash instead of shares, or require vested options to be exercised within a 
specified period.

If the Board does not exercise its discretion, unvested options will vest pro 
rata based on the proportion of the vesting period that has passed at the time 
of the change of control and the extent to which any applicable conditions 
have been satisfied.

Outlined in section 2.4.

Options do not carry an entitlement to dividends or voting prior to  
being exercised.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT7.6 Legacy CEO and CFO equity arrangements 
Details of other equity grants made to the CEO and CFO before the current LTE was adopted are outlined below.

7.6.1 Legacy CEO equity arrangements

7.6.1.1 Legacy CEO RSUs

Element

Purpose

Details

Focus participant on delivery of business objectives over a one-year period 
and provide time-based retention through multi-year vesting.

Target opportunity (% base salary)

Maximum opportunity (% base salary)

70%

140%

86

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

Performance period

Performance measures

Pay vehicle

Grant details

Vesting conditions

Outcome

7.6.1.2 Legacy CEO options

Element

Purpose

Pay vehicle

Grant details

Vesting conditions

Performance was measured from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2019.

The performance metrics were as follows:
40 percent
Revenue growth   
MRR                        
40 percent
EBITDA                     20 percent

RSUs

A total of 32,658 RSUs were issued in April and June 2018 to account for 
maximum performance. Following confirmation of achievement against 
targets at the end of FY19, 12,276 RSUs were forfeited, leaving 20,382 RSUs to 
vest.

RSUs vest in three equal tranches in May 2019, 2020, and 2021. Vesting is 
contingent upon continued service and subject to malus and clawback.

The first and second tranches of 6,794 RSUs vested in May 2019 and 2020. 
The third tranche of 6,794 RSUs will vest in May 2021.

Details

Executive team retention plan intended to reward delivery against longer-
term strategy and sustained shareholder value creation. Provides alignment 
between shareholder, customer, and executive outcomes and time-based 
retention through multi-year vesting.

Options with an exercise price based on the 20-day VWAP leading up to grant 
date. Options lapse five years from grant date.

180,000 options were granted in August 2018.

Options vest in two equal tranches in June in each of the third and fourth 
years after grant. Vesting is contingent upon continued service and subject to 
malus and clawback.

Outcome

No options vested during FY21.

 
 
87

7.6.2 Legacy CFO equity arrangements

7.6.2.1 Legacy CFO options

Element

Purpose

Pay vehicle

Grant details

Vesting conditions

Outcome

Details

Executive team retention plan intended to reward delivery against longer-
term strategy and sustained shareholder value creation. Provides alignment 
between shareholder, customer, and executive outcomes and time-based 
retention through multi-year vesting.

Options with an exercise price based on the 20-day VWAP leading up to grant 
date. Options lapse five years from grant date.

80,000 options were granted in June 2016,
80,000 options were granted in June 2018, and a further 20,000 options were 
granted in October 2018.

2016 options vest in four equal tranches at each 12-month anniversary of the 
grant date. Vesting is contingent upon continued service and subject to malus 
and clawback.
2018 options vest in three equal tranches in June in each of the second, third, 
and fourth years after grant. Vesting is contingent upon continued service. 

2016 options - tranches of 20,000 options vested in June 2017, 2018, 2019,  
and 2020. 
The first tranche of the 2018 options of 33,332 vested in June 2020.

8.STI outcomes in detail 

The annual outcomes achieved for the CEO and CFO are based on Xero’s FY21 performance as follows: 

Objectives

Weighting

Outcome

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Outcome 

Outcome 

(% of target)

(% of max)

Company Objectives

Voice of the shareholder¹

Voice of the customer

Voice of the employee

Total Company Objectives

Individual Objectives

CEO individual targets

CFO individual targets

Total CEO Outcome

Total CFO Outcome

60%

10%

10%

20%

20%

117.0%

85.1%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

61.8%

49.4%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

110.2%

90.0%

110.2%

90.0%

¹ For the voice of the shareholder component, there is the ability to out-perform up to 150% on the net new MRR measure.  
Further details on the measures, weightings and rationale can be found in 7.4.2

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
88

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

9. CEO and CFO remuneration 

The following table provides details of the actual remuneration received by the CEO and CFO during FY21 and FY20. This 
represents the ‘take home pay’ of the CEO and CFO during those years, rather than the accounting values recognised by applicable 
accounting standards.  

Total 
remuneration
received
inclusive of 
share price 
appreciation
($000s)

2,510

1,960

4,144

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration1

Accounting value of grants vested 
during the year, in the form of:

Salary
($000s)

Superannuation/
KiwiSaver
($000s)

Other² 
($000s)

Cash STI
($000s)

Option/
Share 
grants
($000s)

RSU 
grants
($000s)

Additional 
value of all 
grants vested 
in the year, 
attributable to 
share price 
appreciation 
($000s)

S Vamos

FY 2021

S Vamos

FY 2020

K Godfrey-

Billy

FY 2021

K Godfrey-

Billy

FY 2020

1,145

1,145

588

550

54

54

14

14

57

79

9

2

281

270

-

-

514

246

459

167

90

839

75

2,529

75

184

110

940

1,875

¹ Includes the value of options and RSUs granted in prior years that vested in the year 
2 Other fixed pay relating to annual leave 

The following tables present current at-risk equity and holdings for the CEO and CFO.  

9.1 At-risk equity as at 31 March 2021

Options

CEO

CFO

RSUs

CEO

CFO

Opening 
balance1

Granted 

during the 

year

180,000

120,000

18,118

1,261

30,783

8,908

3,296

1,056

Vested

Exercised

Lapsed/

Forfeited

Closing 

balance

-

33,332

11,324

1,261

-

20,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

¹ For options, includes all vested / unvested options that have not been exercised. For RSUs, only includes what has not been vested

9.2 Equity holdings as at 31 March 2021

CEO

CFO

Shares

3,000

-

Options

210,783

108,908

210,783

108,908

10,090

1,056

RSUs

10,090

1,056

 
 
 
89

10. CEO and CFO employment conditions

Item

Basis of contract

Notice period

Details

Ongoing (no fixed term)

CEO – 6 months by either party

CFO – 3 months by either party

Shorter notice may apply by agreement

Base salary

Subject to annual review (but no adjustments to base salary are 

guaranteed)

11. Non-executive director remuneration 

The total remuneration available to non-executive directors is fixed by shareholders. 

Currently, the annual total aggregate non-executive director remuneration is capped at $2.2 million, as approved by shareholders 
at Xero’s Annual Meeting in August 2019.

The Board sets the fees for the non-executive directors at a level that provides Xero with the ability to attract and retain directors 
of a high calibre. Directors have the option to receive their fees in cash or Xero shares. 

The fees paid to non-executive directors are structured to reflect time commitment, responsibilities, and workloads. Target fees 
for non-executive directors are benchmarked to the Australian and New Zealand markets. However, where benchmarked non-
executive director fees are higher in a director’s local market, these are used as the benchmark for that director. This reflects the 
global composition of Xero’s Board. 

To preserve independence and impartiality, non-executive directors have not received any performance-related or at-risk 
compensation (such as options) since 2016. Xero does not provide any scheme for retirement benefits, other than statutory 
superannuation, for non-executive directors.

Below are the target annual fees payable to non-executive directors during FY21. Directors’ fees are paid in New Zealand dollars in 
order to avoid exchange rate fluctuations impacting the annual fee cap.  

Country of 

residence

New Zealand

Australia

United States

United Kingdom

Chair

($000s)

Director

Audit & Risk Management  

People & Remuneration 

($000s)

Committee Chair

Committee Chair¹

($000s)

($000s)

358

358

358

373

145

145

252

145

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

¹ No additional fees are currently paid for Chair of the Nominations Committee or for membership of any committee

Fees are reviewed every two years, with the latest review having commenced in the second half of 2020. The outcome of the review 
highlighted that, based on market practice, Committee member fees should be paid separately to the current remuneration fees. 
It also highlighted that Xero’s fees were considerably lower than the median of our peer group. As a result of the review, directors 
who are members of the Audit and Risk Management Committee and P&R Committee, will receive an additional NZ$19,000 
annually, with effect from 1 April 2021. A decision on any further changes to the target annual fees has been postponed until later 
in 2021.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT90

R
E
M
U
N
E
R
A
T
O
N
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

The total remuneration1 of, and the value of other benefits received by, each non-executive director during FY21 was:

Director

Country of
residence

Role

Committee Chair

2021
base fees
($000s)

2021  
Committee  
Chair fees  
($000s)

2021
 Total fees 
($000s)

David Thodey, 
AO

Rod Drury

Lee Hatton

Australia

New Zealand

Chair

NED

Australia

Independent NED

Nominations 
Committee

-

ARM 
Committee

Dale Murray  
CBE

United 
Kingdom

Independent NED 

-

Susan Peterson

New Zealand

Independent NED

P&R Committee

Craig Winkler

Australia

NED

Mark Cross2

New Zealand

Independent NED

Steven Aldrich3

United States

Independent NED

Total

-

ARM 
Committee

358

145

145

145

145

145

145

126

1,354

¹ Total remuneration is presented based on accounting expense and may include amounts earned, but not yet received 
² Appointed director 1 April 2020 
³ Appointed director 1 October 2020 
⁴ Chair of ARM Committee 1 April 2020 to 31 October 2020 
⁵ Chair of ARM Committee from 1 November 2020

-

-

18⁴

-

30

-

13⁵

-

61

358

145

163

145

175

145

158

126

1,4151

The total remuneration1 of, and the value of other benefits received by, each non-executive director during FY20 was: 

Director

Country of
residence

Role

Committee Chair

2020
base fees
($000s)

2020  
Committee  
Chair fees  
($000s)

2020
 Total fees 
($000s)

David Thodey 
AO²

Rod Drury

Lee Hatton

Australia

New Zealand

Chair

NED

Australia

Independent NED

Dale Murray  
CBE

United 
Kingdom

Independent NED 

Nominations 
Committee

-

ARM 
Committee

-

Susan Peterson

New Zealand

Independent NED

P&R Committee

Craig Winkler

Australia

NED

Former 
Director

Bill Veghte3

United States

Independent NED

Graham Smith⁴

United States

Former Chair

Total

-

-

Nominations 
Committee

143

138

138

138

138

138

45

399

1,277

-

-

29

-

22

-

4

-

55

143

138

167

138

160

138

49

399

1,3321

¹ Total remuneration is presented based on accounting expense and may include amounts earned but not yet received

² Appointed director 27 June 2019, appointed Board Chair effective 1 February 2020

³ Ceased as a director effective 15 August 2019

⁴ Ceased as a director effective 31 March 2020

 
91

12. Employee remuneration 

The following table shows the number of current and former employees of Xero whose remuneration and benefits for FY21 were 
within the specified bands above $100,000.

Remuneration including share-
based remuneration

Number of employees

Remuneration including 
share-based remuneration

Number of employees

100,000 to 109,999

110,000 to 119,999

120,000 to 129,999

130,000 to 139,999

140,000 to 149,999

150,000 to 159,999

160,000 to 169,999

170,000 to 179,999

180,000 to 189,999

190,000 to 199,999

200,000 to 209,999

210,000 to 219,999

220,000 to 229,999

230,000 to 239,999

240,000 to 249,999

250,000 to 259,999

260,000 to 269,999

270,000 to 279,999

280,000 to 289,999

290,000 to 299,999

300,000 to 309,999

310,000 to 319,999

320,000 to 329,999

330,000 to 339,999

340,000 to 349,999

350,000 to 359,999

360,000 to 369,999

370,000 to 379,999

380,000 to 389,999

390,000 to 399,999

400,000 to 409,999

410,000 to 419,999

420,000 to 429,999

430,000 to 439,999

440,000 to 449,999

450,000 to 459,999

460,000 to 469,999

480,000 to 489,999

490,000 to 499,999

540,000 to 549,999

560,000 to 569,999

570,000 to 579,999

620,000 to 629,999

232

188

204

194

152

163

132

110

112

63

100

67

49

45

51

33

29

21

15

18

16

11

10

11

5

7

9

7

7

6

2

2

3

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

1

2

1

680,000 to 689,999

740,000 to 749,999

750,000 to 759,999

760,000 to 769,999

770,000 to 779,999

780,000 to 789,999

860,000 to 869,999

950,000 to 959,999

980,000 to 989,999

1,040,000 to 1,049,999

1,060,000 to 1,069,999

1,070,000 to 1,079,999

1,100,000 to 1,109,999

1,120,000 to 1,129,999

1,160,000 to 1,169,999

1,200,000 to 1,209,999

1,210,000 to 1,219,999

1,220,000 to 1,229,999

1,230,000 to 1,239,999

1,270,000 to 1,279,999

1,290,000 to 1,299,999

1,440,000 to 1,449,999

1,610,000 to 1,619,999

1,650,000 to 1,659,999

1,680,000 to 1,689,999

1,810,000 to 1,819,999

1,820,000 to 1,829,999

1,850,000 to 1,859,999

1,880,000 to 1,889,999

1,940,000 to 1,949,999

2,090,000 to 2,099,999

2,190,000 to 2,199,999

2,340,000 to 2,349,999

2,360,000 to 2,369,999

2,500,000 to 2,509,999

2,750,000 to 2,759,999

3,010,000 to 3,019,999

3,730,000 to 3,739,999

3,740,000 to 3,749,999

3,930,000 to 3,939,999

4,140,000 to 4,149,999

4,240,000 to 4,249,999

4,500,000 to 4,509,999

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

XERO ANNUAL REPORTThe remuneration covered in the table includes monetary payments received and share-based payments vested (i.e. restricted 
shares, RSUs and vested options). The table above includes remuneration received by the CEO and CFO.

The value of options vested during the year has been calculated as the difference between the exercise price of those options 
and the share price on the day the options vest (become exercisable). Our methodology in calculating the value of equity for 
employees has been chosen as it provides a closer representation of the actual remuneration received during the year and is 
consistent with the approach made within the CEO and CFO remuneration disclosures detailed above. 

92

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

 
93

Consolidated Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report

Financial Statements

Income Statement
Statement of Comprehensive Income
Statement of Financial Position
Statement of Changes in Equity
Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

General information
1.  Reporting entity and statutory base
2.  Basis of accounting

Performance
3.  Segment information
4.  Revenue
5.  Expenses
6.  Finance income and expense
7.  Earnings per share

Operating assets and liabilities
8.  Trade and other receivables
9.  Property, plant and equipment
10.  Intangible assets
11.  Trade and other payables
12.  Other current liabilities
13.  Lease liabilities
14.  Contingent consideration

Funding and risk
15.  Term debt
16.  Financial instruments, capital and financial risk 

management

17.  Derivatives and hedge accounting
18.  Share capital

Group structure
19.  Business combinations
20.  Group entities

Other information
21.  Current and deferred income tax
22.  Reconciliation of operating cash flows
23.  Changes in financial assets and liabilities arising 

from financing activities
24.  Share-based payments
25.  Key management personnel and related parties
26.  Commitments and contingencies
27.  Events after balance sheet date

Directors’ responsibilities statement

94

99

99
99
100
101
102

103

103
103

104
105
105
107
108

109
110
111
114
114
115
116

116
118 

125
127

128
129

130
132
133

133 
136
136
137

138

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
94

I

N
D
E
P
E
N
D
E
N
T
A
U
D
T
O
R
S
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

’

Independent auditor’s report to the  
Shareholders of Xero Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Xero Limited (“the company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the Group”) on pages 
99 to 137, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2021, and the consolidated 
income statement,  consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements 
including a summary of significant accounting policies.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 99 to 137 present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2021 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year then 
ended in accordance with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial 
Reporting Standards.

This report is made solely to the company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for 
Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and 
Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

During the year Ernst & Young has provided R&D tax credit advice and other assurance services related to the Group’s compliance 
with ISO 27001 and the issuance of the 2025 convertible notes. Post year end Ernst & Young provided non-assurance services to 
a subsidiary acquired post year end relating to data extraction.  Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on 
normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of the Group. Ernst & Young uses the Group’s platform 
in delivering services to some clients. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated 
financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each 
matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to 
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, 
including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements.

 
 
95

Capitalised Software Development Costs 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Intangible assets make up 59% of the Group’s non-current 
assets. The most significant of these intangible assets is 
capitalised software development costs. 

The Group capitalises costs incurred in the development 
of its software. These costs are then amortised over the 
estimated useful life of the software. 

The Group’s process for calculating the value of internally 
developed software involves judgment as it includes 
estimating time which staff spend developing software and 
determining the value attributable to that time.  

NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets requires finite life intangible 
assets (including capitalised software development 
costs) be tested for impairment whenever there is an 
indication that the intangible assets may be impaired. This 
assessment requires judgment including consideration 
of both internal and external sources of information. The 
Group concluded there was no indication the finite life 
intangible assets may be impaired. 

Disclosures relating to the capitalised software 
development costs, including key assumptions, are included 
in Note 10 of the consolidated financial statements.

Our work on capitalised software development costs 
focused on the Group’s process for estimating the time and 
cost spent by staff on software development that can be 
capitalised in accordance with NZ IAS 38 Intangible Assets. 

Our audit procedures included:

•  Assessing the nature of a sample of projects against 
the requirements of NZ IAS 38 Intangible Assets to 
determine if they were capital in nature;

•  Assessing the procedures applied to determine the rates 

applied to capitalise payroll costs; 

•  Assessing the effectiveness of controls over the 

processing of payroll costs; and

•  Assessing capitalised costs with reference to payroll 

information for a sample of employees.

We assessed the factors the Group considered regarding 
potential impairment of capitalised software development 
costs and whether any indicators of impairment existed.  
This included having regard to:

•  Significant changes in the extent or manner in which 

associated software is used;

•  Potential or actual redundancy or disposal of  

developed software;

•  Amortisation periods applied to developed software 
relative to past experience of software lifecycles; and

•  Significant changes in the market in which the assets  

are used.

We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures related 
to capitalised software development costs and related 
impairment considerations in the consolidated  
financial statements.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
96

I

N
D
E
P
E
N
D
E
N
T
A
U
D
T
O
R
S
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

’

Goodwill Impairment Testing 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The Group’s balance sheet includes $126.1 million of 
goodwill at 31 March 2021. This consists of $78.8 million in 
relation to the 100% acquisition of Hubdoc Inc in August 
2018 and $47.3 million in relation to the acquisition of 
Waddle Holdings Pty Limited in October 2020. 

NZ IAS 36 Impairment of Assets requires  goodwill be tested 
for impairment annually irrespective of whether there are 
any indicators of impairment and this assessment requires 
judgment including consideration of both internal and 
external sources of information.

The goodwill of $126.1 million is allocated to three cash 
generating units (CGUs); Waddle, Australia and New 
Zealand (ANZ), and International.

The Group assessed goodwill impairment by using a 
multiple approach for the ANZ and International CGUs and 
a discounted cashflow approach for the Waddle CGU. 

Disclosures relating to goodwill impairment, including key 
assumptions, are included in Note 10 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

We assessed the Group’s models and judgments in their 
annual impairment test. Our audit procedures included:

•  Using our valuation specialists to:

•  assess whether the methodology applied in the 
multiple approach and the discounted cashflow 
model met the requirements of NZ IAS 36 Impairment 
of Assets;

•  consider the discount rates and terminal growth rates 
used in the discounted cashflow impairment model;

•  consider the revenue multiple used in the multiple 

based impairment model;

•  Assessing the appropriateness of cash flow forecasts 

considering historical cash flows, our knowledge of the 
businesses and relevant external information. Given the 
current economic uncertainty as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, we placed a particular focus on assumed 
subscriber and associated revenue growth forecasts;

•  Validating the revenue used in the multiple based 

approach to revenue for the year ended 31 March 2021;

•  Performing sensitivity analysis around key drivers of 

the impairment models, including the sensitivity of the 
results to changes in future projected cash flows and the 
revenue multiples used;

•  We assessed the adequacy of the disclosures related to 
goodwill impairment considerations in the consolidated 
financial statements. This included assessing whether 
the assumptions which have the most significant effect 
on the determination of the recoverable amount of CGUs 
have been appropriately disclosed in the consolidated 
financial statements.

 
 
 
 
97

Convertible Notes and Related Call Spreads

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

During the year, the Group issued USD700 million of zero 
coupon convertible notes maturing in 2025. The convertible 
notes are listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities 
Trading Limited (SGX-ST). In connection with the issuance, 
Xero also entered into call spread transactions.

The Group also redeemed 99% of the USD300 million 2023 
2.375% coupon convertible notes in December 2020. The 
2023 convertible notes were settled using a mix of cash  
and shares. 

Decisions regarding the appropriate accounting treatment 
for the convertible notes and associated call spreads 
required judgment as did the valuation of the convertible 
notes and call spreads at the relevant dates. Xero engaged 
a third party to value the 2023 and 2025 convertible notes 
and the related call spreads at the transaction dates 
and, where relevant, at year end. Note 15 of the financial 
statements describes these transactions and the related 
valuations and accounting.

Our work on the convertible notes and call spreads focused 
on the appropriateness of the accounting treatments as well 
as the judgements made in determining their valuations. 
Our audit procedures included:

• 

Involving our financial instrument accounting specialists 
to consider and challenge the accounting treatments of 
the settlement of the 2023 convertible notes and unwind 
of the associated call options as well as the issue of the 
2025 convertible notes and associated call options;

•  Consideration of the external valuation of the  

derivative instruments and the conversion elements 
of the notes by engaging our financial instrument 
valuation specialists to assess the appropriateness of 
the valuation methods adopted, the inputs used in the 
valuations and the resulting valuation amounts adopted 
by management; and

•  Considering the disclosures in the financial statements 

for appropriateness.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT 
98

I

N
D
E
P
E
N
D
E
N
T
A
U
D
T
O
R
S
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

’

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New 
Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated 
financial statements.

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial statements is located at the 
External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.
govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-
responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part 
of our auditor’s report.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this 
independent auditor’s report is Simon O’Connor.

Chartered Accountants 
Wellington 
13 May 2021

Information other than the financial statements 
and auditor’s report
The directors of the company are responsible for the 
Annual Report, which includes information other than the 
consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does 
not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial 
statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for 
the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with New Zealand 
equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards 
and International Financial Reporting Standards, and 
for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing on behalf of the 
entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

 
 
99

Financial Statements

Income Statement

Year ended 31 March

Subscription revenue

Other operating revenue

Total operating revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing

Product design and development

General and administration

Total operating expenses

Other income and expenses

Asset impairments

Operating surplus

Finance income

Finance expense

Net profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax credit/(expense)

Net profit

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended 31 March

Net profit

Other comprehensive income*

Movement in cash flow hedges (net of tax)

Translation of foreign operations (net of tax)

Total other comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Notes

4

5

 2021
($000s)

828,106

20,676

848,782

(118,893)

729,889

(307,948)

(249,532)

(106,345)

 2020
($000s)

696,220

22,011

718,231

(106,582)

611,649

(312,852)

(178,258)

(88,980)

5

(663,825)

(580,090)

6

6

21

7

7

Note

17

(4,377)

–

61,687

5,155

(110,778)

(43,936)

63,710

19,774

$0.14

($2.66)

 2021
($000s)

19,774

(6,730)

(6)

(6,736)

13,038

2,550

(1,427)

32,682

13,432

(36,277)

9,837

(6,501)

3,336

$0.02

$0.02

 2020
($000s)

3,336

845

(3,393)

(2,548)

788

* Items of other comprehensive income may be reclassified to the Income Statement when specific conditions are met

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

XERO ANNUAL REPORTStatement of Financial Position

Notes

At 31 March
2021
($000s)

At 31 March
2020
($000s)

100

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Income tax receivable

Derivative assets

Other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Derivative assets

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Employee entitlements

Lease liabilities

Income tax payable

Derivative liabilities

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Term debt

Derivative liabilities

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity

Share capital

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

8

17

9

10

21

15, 17

11

13

15, 17

12

15

15, 17

13

14

21

 657,849

 452,814

 86,397

762

 861

 5,622

 1,204,305

 109,358

 484,017

 103,267

 122,813

 268

 819,723

 2,024,028

 44,751

 78,007

 10,580

 1,046

 6,221

 28,219

 168,824

 108,027

 428,052

 55,877

–

 124,698

 1,856

 718,510

 86,638

 342,246

 3,751

 –

 2,543

 435,178

 1,153,688

 42,954

 39,893

 11,755

 2,679

 3,157

 15,694

 116,132

 854,078

 424,587

 120,861

 83,950

 35,907

 6,300

 8,162

 1,109,258

 1,278,082

18

 1,293,320

 (226,612)

 (320,762)

 745,946

 2,024,028

 121,972

 60,871

 2,840

 1,114

 3,806

 615,190

 731,322

 677,540

 85,362

 (340,536)

 422,366

 1,153,688

 
101

Statement of Changes in Equity

 Share 
capital
 ($000s)

 Treasury 
shares
 ($000s)

Notes

 Share-
based 
payment 
reserve
 ($000s)

 Accumulated 
losses
 ($000s)

 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
 ($000s)

 Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve
 ($000s)

 Call 
spread 
options 
reserve
 ($000s)

 Total 
equity
 ($000s)

Balance at 1 April 2020

 687,341

 (9,801)

 49,479

 (340,536)

 (2,489)

 3,111

 35,261

 422,366

Net profit

Other comprehensive 
loss

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Share-based payments, 
net of tax

Exercising of employee 
share options

Issue of shares

Unwind of call spread options

Premium on call spread options, 
net of issuance costs

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 19,774

 –

 19,774

 –

 (6)

(6)

 –

 (6,730)

 (6,730)

18, 24

 31,756

 7,910

 43,979

18, 24

 44,578

15, 18

 531,536

 –

 –

 (12,700)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 19,774

 (6,736)

 13,038

 83,645

 31,878

 531,536

 (400,189)

 (400,189)

63,672

63,672

Balance at 31 March 2021

 1,295,211

 (1,891)

 80,758

(320,762)

(2,495)

 (3,619)

(301,256)

745,946

Balance at 1 April 2019

 638,234

 (10,386)

 30,902

 (343,872)

 904

 2,266

 35,261

 353,309

Net profit

Other comprehensive 
income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 3,336

 –

 –

 –

 (3,393)

 3,336

 (3,393)

 845

 845

Share-based payments, net of tax

18, 24

 16,282

 585

 23,497

Exercising of share options

18, 24

 17,353

 –

 (4,920)

Issue of shares – deferred 
consideration for acquisition 
of Hubdoc

 15,472

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 3,336

 (2,548)

 788

 40,364

 12,433

 –

 15,472

Balance at 31 March 2020

 687,341

 (9,801)

 49,479

 (340,536)

 (2,489)

 3,111

 35,261

 422,366

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

XERO ANNUAL REPORT102

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Notes

 2021
($000s)

 2020
($000s)

Statement of Cash Flows

Year ended 31 March

Operating activities

Receipts from customers

Other income

Interest received

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

22

Investing activities

Capitalised development costs

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Capitalised contract acquisition costs

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Other investing activities

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs

Call spread options

Payments for buyback of convertible notes

Proceeds from unwind of call spread options

Financing transaction costs

Payment of lease liabilities

Lease incentives

Exercising of share options

Proceeds from borrowings

Payments for short-term deposits

Proceeds from short-term deposits

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements

13

13

 845,963

 6,089

 6,827

 (609,671)

 (19,089)

 (11,480)

 218,639

 717,264

 5,609

 14,363

 (542,760)

 (19,460)

 (8,387)

 166,629

 (139,809)

 (111,296)

 (36,277)

 (11,093)

 (10,561)

 (230)

 –

 (13,682)

 (13,872)

 (674)

 (197,970)

 (139,524)

 976,060

 (80,921)

 (415,305)

 108,633

 (5,670)

 (11,632)

 495

 31,878

 814

 (855,428)

 795,540

 544,464

 565,133

 (15,311)

 108,027

 657,849

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 (13,417)

 504

 12,433

 –

 (785,753)

 734,563

 (51,670)

 (24,565)

 11,065

 121,527

 108,027

 
103

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Reporting entity and statutory base
Xero Limited (‘the Company’) is registered under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993 and is listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX). The Company is required to be treated as an FMC Reporting Entity under the Financial Markets Conducts Act 
2013 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’ or ‘Xero’) for the year ended 31 
March 2021 were authorised in accordance with a resolution of the directors for issue on 13 May 2021.

2. Basis of accounting

(a) Basis of preparation
The audited consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ GAAP) and the Financial Reporting Act 2013. The Group is a for-profit entity for 
the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP. The consolidated financial statements comply with New Zealand equivalents to 
International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards, and authoritative notices that 
are applicable to entities that apply NZ IFRS. The consolidated financial statements also comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards.

Other than where described below, or in the notes, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the historical 
cost convention.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars ($) (the ‘presentation currency’). Items included in 
the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’).

(b) Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
The accounting policies and disclosures adopted are consistent with those of the previous year.

Certain comparative information has been reclassified to conform with the current period’s presentation.

(c) Standards or interpretations issued but not yet effective and relevant to the Group
In April 2020 the New Zealand Accounting Standards Board issued amendments to IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements. 
The amendments are effective for Xero from 1 April 2023. The amendments will result in the current classification of the term debt 
and embedded conversion feature derivative liability components of Xero’s 2025 convertible notes.

There are no other standards or amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective that are expected to have a 
significant impact on the Group.

The Group has not adopted, and currently does not anticipate adopting, any standards prior to their effective dates.

(d) Critical accounting estimates
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, management continually evaluates judgements, estimates, and assumptions based 
on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have an impact on the Group. All judgements, 
estimates, and assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on the most current set of circumstances available to the 
Group. Actual results may differ from the judgements, estimates, and assumptions made.

Significant judgements, estimates, and assumptions made by management in the preparation of these financial statements are 
outlined within the financial statement notes to which they relate.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT104

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

3. Segment information
The Group operates in one business segment, providing online business solutions for small businesses and their advisors.

Xero has two operating segments: Australia and New Zealand (ANZ) and International. These segments have been determined 
based on how the Xero leadership team (the chief operating decision-maker) reviews financial performance.

Segment operating expenses represent sales and marketing costs and service delivery costs, including both in-country costs and 
an allocation of centrally managed costs.

 ANZ
($000s)

 International
($000s)

 Total
($000s)

Year ended 31 March 2021

Operating revenue

Expenses

Segment contribution

Year ended 31 March 2020

Operating revenue

Expenses

Segment contribution

 514,534

 (175,341)

339,193

 436,530

 (164,962)

 271,568

Reconciliation from segment contribution to net profit/(loss) before tax

Year ended 31 March

Segment contribution

Product design and development

General and administration

Asset impairments

Other income and expenses

Finance income

Finance expense

Net profit/(loss) before tax

Depreciation and amortisation by segment

Year ended 31 March

ANZ

International

Corporate (not allocated to a segment)

Total

334,248

 (251,500)

82,748

 281,701

 (254,472)

 27,229

 2021
($000s)

 421,941

 (249,532)

 (106,345)

 –

 (4,377)

 5,155

 (110,778)

 (43,936)

 2021
($000s)

 14,401

 20,931

 94,209

 129,541

 848,782

 (426,841)

 421,941

 718,231

 (419,434)

 298,797

 2020
($000s)

 298,797

 (178,258)

 (88,980)

 (1,427)

 2,550

 13,432

 (36,277)

 9,837

 2020
($000s)

 14,125

 18,799

 72,137

 105,061

At 31 March 2021, $422.5 million, or 71%, of the Group’s property, plant and equipment and intangible assets was domiciled in New 
Zealand (2020: $361.2 million, or 84%).

Share-based payments by segment

Year ended 31 March

ANZ

International

Corporate (not allocated to a segment)

Total

 2021
($000s)

 9,890

 9,468

 23,373

 42,731

 2020
($000s)

 7,601

 8,110

 18,625

 34,336

 
105

4. Revenue

Operating revenue by geographic location

Year ended 31 March

Australia

United Kingdom

New Zealand

North America

Rest of World

Total operating revenue

 2021
($000s)

 384,150

 223,564

 130,384

 56,558

 54,126

 848,782

 2020
($000s)

 320,376

 183,565

 116,154

 55,398

 42,738

 718,231

Subscription revenue
Subscription revenue comprises recurring monthly fees from subscribers to Xero's cloud-based software products. Subscribers 
are invoiced monthly. Unbilled revenue at balance date is recognised in the Statement of Financial Position as accrued income 
and included within trade and other receivables. Unearned revenue at balance date is recognised in the Statement of Financial 
Position as income in advance and included within other current liabilities.

Subscription revenue is recognised as performance obligations under contracts with customers are met. Performance obligations 
for subscriptions to Xero's cloud-based software consist of the provisioning of the software and related support services over the 
term of the contract. Where the performance obligations of add-ons are usage-based (such as payroll and expenses), revenue  
is recognised consistent with the usage profile.

Other operating revenue
Other operating revenue primarily comprises revenue from related non-subscription services such as financial services products, 
including invoice payment services and Waddle’s invoice lending platform services.

Performance obligations under fintech arrangements include the referral of customers to the revenue share counterparty and the 
continued servicing of that customer by the counterparty.

5. Expenses

Overhead allocation
The presentation of the Income Statement by function requires certain overhead costs to be allocated to functions. These 
allocations require management to apply judgement. Facilities, internal use information technology costs, and depreciation and 
amortisation relating to internal use software have been allocated to functions on a headcount basis. Recruitment costs have been 
allocated according to the number of employees hired in each function during the period. 

Sales tax
The Income Statement and the Statement of Cash Flows have been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive of sales 
tax, except where sales tax is not recoverable. All items in the Statement of Financial Position are stated net of sales tax with the 
exception of trade receivables and trade payables, which include sales tax payable. Sales tax includes Goods and Services Tax and 
Value Added Tax where applicable.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT106

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Cost of revenue and operating expenses

Year ended 31 March

Employee entitlements

Employee entitlements capitalised

Share-based payments

Share-based payments capitalised

Advertising and marketing

Platform costs

Computer equipment and software

Consultants and contractors

Superannuation costs

Communication, insurance and office administration

Rental costs

Auditor’s remuneration

Travel-related costs

Other operating expenses

Total cost of revenue and operating expenses excl. depreciation and amortisation*

* Includes grant income of $5.7 million (2020: $5.2 million)

Depreciation and amortisation

Year ended 31 March

Relating to:

Amortisation of development costs

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Total depreciation and amortisation

Total cost of revenue and operating expenses

Depreciation and amortisation included in function expenses as follows:

Product design and development

Cost of revenue

Sales and marketing

General and administration

Total depreciation and amortisation

2021
($000s)

 456,938

 (124,440)

 55,857

 (13,126)

 92,586

 52,136

 29,851

 35,343

 19,201

 6,402

 6,073

 572

 454

 35,330

 653,177

2020
($000s)

 371,679

 (106,758)

 45,174

 (10,838)

 113,227

 40,252

 23,657

 18,936

 15,094

 7,962

 5,768

 471

 16,356

 40,631

 581,611

2021
($000s)

2020
($000s)

 90,929

 13,683

 24,929

 129,541

 782,718

 90,002

 8,664

 26,668

 4,207

 129,541

 69,452

 12,574

 23,035

 105,061

 686,672

 68,490

 7,105

 25,819

 3,647

 105,061

 
107

Auditor’s remuneration
The auditor of the Group is Ernst & Young New Zealand. 

Year ended 31 March

Fees for auditing the statutory financial statements

Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services under legislation or 

contractual arrangements not required to be provided by the auditor

Assurance related*

Fees for other services

Tax compliance**

Other non-audit services

Total auditor’s remuneration

2021
($000s)

 384

153

29

6

 572

2020
($000s)

 373

80

16

2

471

* Assurance related services relate to the provision of a comfort letter over convertible notes issuance and ISO 27001 certification. The comfort letter  
procedures were closely related to the financial statement audit

** Tax compliance services relate to assistance with the preparation of R&D tax incentive claim in Australia

6. Finance income and expense

Finance income
Finance income comprises interest income on cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits. Interest income is recognised 
as it is accrued using the effective interest method. The effective interest method calculates the amortised cost of the financial 
asset and allocates the interest income over its expected life.

Finance expense

Year ended 31 March

Loss on recognition/extinguishment of term debt*

Amortisation of debt discount and issuance costs

Lease liability interest

Interest on convertible notes

Bank standby facility costs

Other finance expense**

Total finance expense

2021
($000s)

 67,169

 21,781

 6,053

5,783

 1,852

 8,140

2020
($000s)

 –

 17,023

 6,280

11,010

 1,691

 273

 110,778

 36,277

* Consists of $62.5 million loss on extinguishment of 2023 convertible notes and $4.7 million loss on initial recognition of the 2025 convertible notes

** Other finance expense for the year ended 31 March 2021 includes $5.7 million of expensed transaction costs relating to the buyback of the 2023 
convertible notes and issuance of the 2025 convertible notes

XERO ANNUAL REPORT108

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

7. Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares.

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, excluding shares held as treasury shares.

Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares on issue for the effects of all potential dilution to ordinary shares, which comprise convertible notes, restricted 
shares, options, and restricted stock units (RSUs). Instruments are only treated as dilutive when their conversion to ordinary 
shares would decrease EPS or increase the loss per share.

Year ended 31 March

Net profit after tax

Add back: foreign exchange revaluation on contingent consideration included in ordinary 

shares for basic calculation before the date of share issue, net of tax

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Group, used in calculating basic EPS

Add back: revaluation gain on call spread transactions

Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the Group, used in calculating  

diluted EPS

2021
(000s)*

 $19,774

 –

$19,774

 ($418,850)

2020
(000s)*

 $3,336

 ($44)

 $3,292

 –

 ($399,076)

 $3,292

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic EPS

 143,522

 140,922

Effect of dilution from:

 Call spread transactions

 Share options

 Restricted shares

 Restricted stock units

 4,363

 1,411

 133

 485

 –

 1,376

 450

 404

Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution

 149,914

 143,152

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

* Except for per share amounts

$0.14

($2.66)

$0.02

$0.02

Dilutive earnings per share is negative in the current year due to the add back of significant revaluation gains on the 2023 call 
spread transactions. The 2023 convertible notes, that are closely linked to the 2023 call spread transactions but are not included 
in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, would have had an offsetting positive impact on net profit of $496 million had they 
been also included in diluted earnings per share.

The weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of diluted earnings per share does not include the 
effect of the following potentially outstanding shares. The effects of these potentially outstanding shares were not included in the 
calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive or they were out of the money.

Year ended 31 March

Convertible note

Call spread options

Contingent consideration

Share options

Total potentially outstanding shares

2021
(000s)

6,057

1,694

97

8

7,856

2020
(000s)

 6,474

6,474

132

–

13,080

 
109

8. Trade and other receivables

At 31 March

Prepayments

Accrued income

Trade receivables

Provision for doubtful debts

Interest receivable

Other receivables

Total trade and other receivables

2021
($000s)

 42,930

 24,943

 8,658

 (402)

 700

 9,568

2020
($000s)

 22,617

 22,750

 7,614

 (633)

 2,534

 995

 86,397

 55,877

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts to be received. They are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost (using the effective interest method) less impairment losses.

Trade receivables relate primarily to the monthly subscriptions to Xero's cloud-based software products. Subscriptions are 
charged monthly, the majority being paid by direct debit. At 31 March 2021, trade receivables of the Group of $0.4 million were past 
due and are considered partially impaired (2020: $0.9 million).

Other receivables at 31 March 2021 includes $9.2 million receivable in relation to shares that were sold to cover employees’ 
withholding obligations under Xero’s employee share-based compensation plans. A corresponding liability is recognised in 
employee entitlements.

Key estimates and assumptions
In accordance with NZ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments, the Group recognises impairment losses using the Expected Credit Loss 
(ECL) model. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and the 
cash flows that the Group expects to receive. The shortfall is discounted at an approximation to the asset’s original effective 
interest rate. Under the ECL model, impairment losses may be measured as either the 12-month ECL, which is the portion of 
lifetime ECLs that result from default events that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date, or the lifetime ECL, which 
is the expected credit loss resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument. The Group 
has elected to use the lifetime ECL model to calculate the impairment for trade receivables.

A six-month historical default rate is applied to the current period trade receivable balance to calculate any impairment. The 
carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the 
Income Statement. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the provision account for receivables. Subsequent 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the Income Statement.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT110

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

9. Property, plant and equipment

Year ended 31 March 2021

Opening net book value

Additions

Disposals*

Depreciation expense

Foreign exchange adjustment

Closing net book value

At 31 March 2021

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

Right of 
 use asset
($000s)

Leasehold 
improvements
($000s)

Furniture and 
equipment
($000s)

Computer 
equipment
($000s)

 54,807

 43,063

 (4,043)

 (15,113)

 (1,666)

 77,048

 108,818

 (31,770)

 77,048

 16,743

 7,227

 (53)

 (3,744)

 4

 20,177

 30,674

 (10,497)

 20,177

 9,578

 1,455

 (26)

 (2,299)

 (154)

 8,554

 14,743

 (6,189)

 8,554

 5,510

 2,028

 (14)

 (3,773)

 (172)

 3,579

 9,582

 (6,003)

 3,579

* $4.0 million of right of use asset disposals relates to disposal of lease liabilities (2020: $6.8 million)

Year ended 31 March 2020

Opening net book value

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Impairment reversals

Foreign exchange adjustment

Closing net book value

At 31 March 2020

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

Right of 
 use asset
 ($000s)

 Leasehold 
improvements
 ($000s)

 Furniture and 
equipment
 ($000s)

 Computer 
 equipment
 ($000s)

 63,440

 8,312

 (6,795)

 (12,614)

 207

 2,257

 54,807

 79,552

 (24,745)

 54,807

 15,474

 4,866

 (87)

 (3,662)

 –

 152

 16,743

 23,836

 (7,093)

 16,743

 7,542

 4,478

 (366)

 (2,355)

 –

 279

 9,578

 15,374

 (5,796)

 9,578

 5,035

 4,770

 (41)

 (4,404)

 –

 150

 5,510

 11,602

 (6,092)

 5,510

 Total
($000s)

 86,638

 53,773

 (4,136)

 (24,929)

 (1,988)

 109,358

 163,817

 (54,459)

 109,358

 Total
 ($000s)

 91,491

 22,426

 (7,289)

 (23,035)

 207

 2,838

 86,638

 130,364

 (43,726)

 86,638

Key estimates and assumptions
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation.

Depreciation on assets is charged on a straight-line basis to allocate the differences between their original cost and the residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Leasehold improvements

Right of use asset*

Computer equipment

Furniture and equipment

* Substantially all of the right of use asset relates to building leases 
** Lease terms range between 2-12 years

Term of lease**

Term of lease**

2–3 years

2–7 years

 
111

10. Intangible assets

Year ended 31 March 2021

Opening net book value

Additions*

Acquisitions

Amortisation expense

Foreign exchange adjustment

Closing net book value

At 31 March 2021

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Closing net book value

Software
development
($000s)

Contract 
acquisition 
asset
($000s)

Other 
intangible 
assets
($000s)

 227,151

 155,206

 27,340

 (90,929)

 (160)

 318,608

 505,485

 (186,877)

 318,608

 33,078

 11,471

 –

 (11,579)

 (1,069)

 31,901

 61,340

 (29,439)

 31,901

 3,244

 697

 5,534

 (2,104)

 27

 7,398

 12,328

 (4,930)

 7,398

 Goodwill
($000s)

 Total
($000s)

 78,773

 –

 47,108

 –

229

 342,246

 167,374

 79,982

 (104,612)

 (973)

 126,110

 484,017

 126,110

 –

 126,110

 705,263

 (221,246)

 484,017

* Included in software development additions is $27.5 million of external costs capitalised (2020: $17.3 million)

Year ended 31 March 2020

Opening net book value

Additions

Amortisation expense

Impairments

Foreign exchange adjustment

Closing net book value

At 31 March 2020

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Closing net book value

Software
development
($000s)

Contract 
acquisition 
asset
($000s)

Other 
intangible 
assets
($000s)

 Goodwill
($000s)

 Total
($000s)

 177,695

 120,542

 (69,452)

 (1,634)

 –

 227,151

 370,563

 (143,412)

 227,151

 28,727

 13,829

 (10,937)

 –

 1,459

 33,078

 60,360

 (27,282)

 33,078

 4,536

 345

 (1,637)

 –

 –

 78,773

 –

 –

 –

 –

 289,731

 134,716

 (82,026)

 (1,634)

 1,459

 3,244

 78,773

 342,246

 6,075

 (2,831)

 3,244

 78,773

 –

 78,773

 515,771

 (173,525)

 342,246

XERO ANNUAL REPORT112

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Key estimates and assumptions

Software development
Costs that are directly associated with the development 
of software are recognised as intangible assets where the 
following criteria are met:

 – It is technically feasible to complete the software 

product so that it will be available for use

 – Management intends to complete the software product 

and use or sell it

 – There is an ability to use or sell the software product
 – It can be demonstrated how the software product will 

generate probable future economic benefits

 – Adequate technical, financial, and other resources 
to complete the development and to use or sell the 
software product are available

 – The expenditure attributable to the software product 
during its development can be reliably measured

Other development expenditure that does not meet the 
above criteria is recognised as an expense when incurred. 
Development costs previously recognised as expenses  
are not recognised as assets in a subsequent period. 
Research costs, and costs associated with maintenance,  
are recognised as an expense when incurred.

At 31 March 2021, if software development capitalisation 
rates had been 10% higher/lower with all other variables 
held constant, the impact on operating expenses would 
have been $13.6 million lower/higher.

Contract acquisition assets
In accordance with NZ IFRS 15: Revenue  from Contracts 
with Customers, Xero capitalises incremental costs of 
obtaining customer contracts. Capitalisable costs consist 
of sales commissions that have a direct relationship to new 
revenue contracts obtained. Costs capitalised are amortised 
to sales and marketing and expensed over the average 
period of benefit associated with the costs. The period of 
benefit for the contract acquisition asset is determined 
to be five years. Management have determined this as 
appropriate with reference to estimated customer lifespans 
and the useful lives of the software sold to which the 
commissions relate.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets consist of patents, domains, brands, 
and trademark costs, along with customer contracts. Other 
intangible assets acquired in a business combination are 
initially measured at cost, which is their fair value at the 
date of acquisition. Internally generated assets, excluding 
capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and 
expenditure is recognised in the Income Statement when it 
is incurred.

Useful lives of intangible assets
With the exception of goodwill, the useful lives of the 
Group's intangible assets are assessed to be finite. Assets 
with finite lives are amortised over their useful lives and 
tested for impairment whenever there are indications that 
the assets may be impaired.

Amortisation is recognised in the Income Statement on 
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the 
intangible asset, from the date it is available for use. The 
estimated useful lives are as follows:

Software development

Contract acquisition asset

Customer contracts

3–7.5 years

5 years

3–7 years

Patents, domains, brands, and trademark costs

5–10 years

Impairment considerations
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there 
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the carrying 
value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less 
costs to sell or the asset’s value in use. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.

Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, or 
whenever indicators of impairment exist.

An impairment loss is recorded if its recoverable amount 
is less than its carrying amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate.

 
113

Goodwill and goodwill impairment testing
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs), which are the lowest level of assets for which separately identifiable cash 
flows can be attributed. Of Xero’s goodwill at 31 March 2021, $78.8 million relates to the acquisition of Hubdoc Inc., and $47.3 
million relates to the acquisition of Waddle. The Group performed a detailed impairment review of goodwill and concluded there 
was no impairment for the year ended 31 March 2021. In accordance with NZ IAS 36: Impairment of Assets, the recoverable amount 
of goodwill for the purpose of impairment testing is determined as the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value 
in use. The methodology applied for the current year testing is outlined below.

Waddle goodwill
Waddle goodwill has been allocated to the Waddle, ANZ, and International CGUs as follows:

At 31 March 2021

Goodwill allocated

Waddle CGU
($000s)

ANZ CGU
($000s)

 International CGU
($000s)

36,962

7,424

2,951

 Total
($000s)

47,337

The recoverable amount of the Waddle CGU was calculated on the basis of value in use using a discounted cash-flow model. 
Future cash flows were projected for a period of five years, with an average annual growth rate of 287%. Growth reflects the fact 
that revenues are expected to increase at a much higher rate than expenses as economies of scale are achieved. A terminal growth 
rate of 5% and a post-tax discount rate of 20% were applied. The terminal growth rate is determined based on the long-term 
anticipated growth rate of the business.

The forecast financial information is based on both past experience and future expectations of CGU performance. The major 
inputs and assumptions used in performing an impairment assessment that require judgement include revenue forecasts, 
operating cost projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and future technology paths. Based on sensitivity analysis 
performed, no foreseeable changes in the assumptions would cause the carrying amounts of the Waddle CGU to exceed its 
recoverable amount.

The recoverable amounts of the ANZ and International CGUs were calculated on the basis of fair value less costs of disposal in 
accordance with NZ IFRS 13: Fair Value Measurement. Fair value was determined using a revenue multiple of 16.7. This input is 
classified as level two on the fair value hierarchy and is based on revenue multiples of comparable companies. Based on  
sensitivity analysis performed, no foreseeable changes in the assumptions would cause the carrying amounts to exceed their 
recoverable amounts.

Hubdoc goodwill
Hubdoc goodwill is allocated across the ANZ and International CGUs. Of the $78.8 million of goodwill, $39.0 million is allocated to 
ANZ and $39.8 million is allocated to International.

The recoverable amounts of the ANZ and International CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing of the Hubdoc goodwill are 
calculated on the basis of fair value less costs of disposal in the same manner as used for the Waddle goodwill as noted above. 
Based on sensitivity analysis performed, no foreseeable changes in the assumptions would cause the carrying amounts of the 
CGUs to exceed their recoverable amounts.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT114

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

11. Trade and other payables

At 31 March

Trade payables

Accrued expenses

Sales tax payable

Total trade and other payables

2021
($000s)

 13,386

 24,011

 7,354

 44,751

2020
($000s)

 10,615

 23,440

 8,899

 42,954

The Group recognises trade and other payables initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The amounts are unsecured and non-interest bearing.

12. Other current liabilities

At 31 March

Income in advance

Contingent consideration

Term debt

Accrued interest

Other short-term liabilities

Total other current liabilities

Notes

14

15

2021
($000s)

 13,113

 10,712

2,604

 20

 1,770

 28,219

2020
($000s)

 9,607

–

–

 5,812

 275

 15,694

The Group recognises other current liabilities, excluding contingent consideration, initially at fair value, and subsequently at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method. Contingent consideration is recognised at the present value of expected future 
cash flows. Adjustments are made to the fair value where expected achievement against targets changes.

Income in advance is recognised when the Group has received consideration prior to services being rendered. All income in 
advance from the prior period was subsequently recognised as revenue in the year.

 
115

13. Lease liabilities

Balance at 1 April

Leases entered into during the period

Lease incentives received

Principal repayments

Change in future lease payments

Foreign exchange adjustment

Balance at 31 March

Current

Non-current

2021
($000s)

 72,626

 36,402

 495

 (11,632)

 (1,511)

 (1,850)

 94,530

 10,580

 83,950

2020
($000s)

 82,849

 5,988

 504

 (13,417)

 (6,213)

 2,915

 72,626

 11,755

 60,871

Under NZ IFRS 16: Leases, the Group is required to recognise lease liabilities for contracts identified as containing a lease, except 
when the lease is for 12 months or less, or the underlying asset is of low value.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in 
the Income Statement. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. The expense relating to low-
value assets for the year ended 31 March 2021 was $3.7 million (2020: $2.8 million).

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate. Subsequently, the carrying value of the liability is adjusted to reflect interest and lease payments made. Lease 
liabilities may be re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or market rate, or 
if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable.

The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it expects to exercise renewal options included in contracts. Where it is 
reasonably certain that renewal options will be exercised, the extension period is included in the lease liability calculation.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT116

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

14. Contingent consideration

Balance at 1 April

Additions

Unwinding of discount

Change in fair value estimate

Foreign exchange adjustment

Balance at 31 March

Current

Non-current

Note

19

2021
($000s)

 2,840

 42,314

 1,761

 (543)

 247

 46,619

 10,712

 35,907

Contingent consideration comprises the Group’s assessment of amounts payable to vendors in respect of the Instafile and Waddle 
business combinations. Additions to contingent consideration consists of $41.1 million relating to the acquisition of Waddle, and an 
additional $1.2 million relating to the acquisition of Instafile.

Of the above, $21.6 million is expected to be settled in shares and $25.0 million in cash. The non-current portion of contingent 
consideration is expected to become payable following the achievement of specified product and revenue milestones between 
April 2022 and September 2023.

15. Term debt
In September 2018, Xero Investments Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, made an offering of USD300 million of 
convertible notes (the ‘2023 convertible notes’). The notes were scheduled to mature on 4 October 2023.

In November 2020, Xero Investments Limited made a new convertible notes offering of USD700 million (the ‘2025 convertible 
notes’). In conjunction with the settlement of the 2025 notes, Xero Investments Limited entered into a buyback of the 2023 
convertible notes and unwound the existing call spread options.

Buyback of the 2023 convertible notes
In December 2020, Xero Investments Limited repurchased USD297.0 million of the 2023 convertible notes for a total consideration 
of USD666.4 million, being settled for USD292.2 million in cash and USD374.2 million in the ordinary shares of Xero Limited.

At extinguishment, the bond component of the notes, which was historically accounted for at amortised cost, was settled at fair 
value. The settlement resulted in a $62.5 million loss on extinguishment being recognised in the Income Statement.

The conversion feature derivatives were carried in the Statement of Financial Position at their estimated fair value, and adjusted 
at each reporting period with any gains or losses being recorded in the Income Statement. During the year, the Group recognised a 
$421.1 million revaluation loss in the Income Statement relating to the conversion feature derivatives. At extinguishment,  
the value of the conversion feature derivative relating to the December 2020 redemption was $513.4 million.

A further USD1.2 million of the 2023 notes was redeemed in cash in January 2021 at par. The remaining USD1.8 ($2.6 million) 
million of the 2023 notes is expected to be cash settled in May 2021 based on the volume-weighted average price of the ordinary 
shares over the preceding 90 day trading period. The unredeemed portion of the notes is accounted for at fair value based on 
the current share price. At 31 March 2021, the values of the bond component and embedded derivative were $2.6 million and 
$2.9 million respectively. The bond component and the embedded derivative are included in other current liabilities and other 
current derivative liabilities respectively. The net impact on the Income Statement of the January 2021 settlement, and expected 
settlement of the May 2021 redemptions was a $0.9 million loss.

 
117

Unwind of the 2023 call spread transactions
The lower strike call options were accounted for in the Statement of Financial Position at their estimated fair value. The derivative 
assets were adjusted to fair value at each reporting period, with unrealised gains or losses reflected in the Income Statement. 
During the period, the Group recognised a $418.8 million revaluation gain in the Income Statement relating to the 2023 lower strike 
call options. At unwind, the value of the lower strike call options was $510.2 million.

The upper strike call options were accounted for as equity and initially recognised at their fair value less transaction costs. On 
unwind the upper strike call options are settled at their current fair value. The unwind resulted in a $400.2 million loss being 
recognised in equity.

2025 convertible notes and conversion feature derivative
In November 2020, Xero Investments Limited made an offering of USD700 million of zero coupon convertible notes. The 
convertible notes were settled and listed on the SGX-ST on 2 December 2020.

The notes have a zero coupon interest rate. The notes are unsubordinated, unsecured obligations of Xero, and have a final 
maturity date of 2 December 2025. The settlement of the notes will be in cash unless Xero elects to settle in shares, in which case 
Xero will be obliged to deliver ordinary shares to relevant noteholders. The cash settlement amount will be calculated based on 
the volume-weighted average price of the ordinary shares over the preceding 75-day trading period. The initial conversion of the 
notes is USD134.72 per ordinary share based on a fixed exchange rate of AUD1.00 = USD0.73.

The conversion feature of the notes is required to be separated from the notes and is accounted for as a derivative financial 
liability. The fair value of the conversion feature derivative at the time of issuance was $146.4 million and was recorded at a 
discount for the purpose of accounting for the debt component of the notes. The discount is amortised as interest expense using 
the effective interest method over the term of the notes.

The principal amount, unamortised debt discount, unamortised issuance costs, and net carrying amount of the liability 
component of the 2025 notes at 31 March 2021 are as follows:

At 31 March

Principal amount

Unamortised debt discount

Unamortised issuance costs

Term debt

2021
($000s)

 1,002,400

 (133,266)

 (15,056)

 854,078

At initial recognition, the fair value of the 2025 notes was determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-
convertible bond. The notes are subsequently recognised at amortised cost. The fair value of the debt component of the 2025 
notes at 31 March 2021 was $862.2 million.

Call spread options
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 notes, Xero purchased call spread options which are expected to reduce potential 
dilution to shareholders upon conversion of the notes, by offsetting any cash payments Xero may be required to make in excess of 
the principal amounts on conversion. The call spread options will be effective at offsetting dilution on conversion of the notes up 
to a share price of USD174.64 (AUD237.76). The call spread options consist of 0.7 million lower strike call options purchased with 
an average strike price equal to the conversion price of the notes, and 0.7 million upper strike call options sold with an average 
strike price of USD174.64. Both the lower call and upper call options are exercisable into a total of approximately 5.2 million 
ordinary shares. The call spread options have expiry dates between 13 August 2025 and 25 November 2025. The net cost of the 
call spread was $80.9 million, which was paid from the proceeds of the 2025 notes.

The lower strike call options are accounted for as derivative financial assets and are accounted for at their fair value. The upper 
strike call options are accounted for as equity, and are recognised at their initial fair value, less transaction costs. The carrying 
value of the upper strike call options is $63.7 million.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT118

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Transaction costs
Transaction costs relating to the 2025 notes have been allocated between the debt component and the conversion derivatives 
using the relative proportions of these on initial measurement of the instruments. Costs attributed to the debt component of $14.7 
million are amortised to finance expense over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. Costs attributable to the 
conversion derivatives of $2.6 million were recognised immediately in the Income Statement. Transaction costs related to the call 
spread options have been attributed between the lower strike call options and upper strike call options, with the lower strike call 
option costs of $0.6 million being recognised immediately in the Income Statement. Costs attributable to the upper strike call 
options of $0.6 million are deducted from the amount recognised in equity.

An additional $2.5 million in costs relating to the extinguishment of the 2023 notes and unwind of the existing call spread options 
were recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

16. Financial instruments, capital and financial risk management

Financial instruments
Financial instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position include cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, 
receivables and payables, contingent consideration, term debt, and derivative financial instruments. The Group’s policy is that no 
speculative trading in financial instruments may be undertaken.

Classification and fair values
Xero has carried out a fair value assessment of its financial assets and liabilities at 31 March 2021 in accordance with NZ IFRS 9.

Under NZ IFRS 9, financial instruments are classified as either measured at amortised cost, fair value through other 
comprehensive income, or fair value through profit or loss. The classification of the Group’s financial instruments into these 
categories is included in the table below.

The carrying values of the Group’s other financial instruments do not materially differ from their fair value.

There were no transfers between classes of financial instruments during the period.

Key estimates and assumptions
The Group’s foreign exchange derivatives, conversion feature, call option derivative assets and contingent consideration liabilities 
are recognised at fair value. Fair value of foreign exchange derivatives are determined using forward exchange rates that are 
quoted in an active market (level two on the fair value hierarchy).

The fair values of the conversion feature and call option derivative assets relating to the convertible notes are determined using 
valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as 
little as possible on entity-specific estimates (level two on the fair value hierarchy). Inputs into the valuation include share price 
volatility and time to expiration.

The fair value of contingent consideration is determined using valuation techniques such as probability weighted forecasts of 
meeting certain product development and revenue targets (level three on the fair value hierarchy), and is discounted using the 
Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

 
119

At 31 March 2021

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Derivative assets (foreign currency derivatives)*

Derivative assets (call spread options)

Other current assets

Other non-current assets

Total financial assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative liabilities (foreign currency derivatives)*

Derivative liabilities (conversion feature on 
convertible notes)

Term debt

Other current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Total financial liabilities

At 31 March 2020

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Derivative assets (foreign currency derivatives)*

Derivative assets (call spread options)

Other non-current assets

Total financial assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative liabilities (foreign currency derivatives)*

Derivative liabilities (conversion feature on 
convertible notes)

Term debt

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total financial liabilities

 Financial assets at 
amortised cost
($000s)

 Financial instruments 
at fair value through 
profit or loss
($000s)

 Financial liabilities
at amortised cost
($000s)

 Total carrying 
value
($000s)

 657,849

 452,814

 18,524

 –

 –

 4,937

 268

 –

 –

 –

 1,551

 122,123

 –

 –

 1,134,392

 123,674

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 108,027

 428,052

 10,510

 –

 –

 1,327

 547,916

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 3,956

 123,126

 –

 13,316

 35,907

 176,305

 –

 –

 –

 7,347

 117,351

 –

 124,698

 –

 3,256

 121,873

 –

 –

 2,840

 127,969

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 37,397

 –

 –

 854,078

846

 –

 657,849

 452,814

 18,524

 1,551

 122,123

 4,937

 268

 1,258,066

 37,397

 3,956

 123,126

 854,078

 14,162

 35,907

 892,321

 1,068,626

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 34,055

 –

 –

 424,587

 5,812

 –

 108,027

 428,052

 10,510

 7,347

 117,351

 1,327

 672,614

 34,055

 3,256

 121,873

 424,587

 5,812

 2,840

 464,454

 592,423

* Foreign currency derivatives are hedge accounted when possible with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income until the 
underlying cash flows are realised, at which point the gains and losses are reclassified to the Income Statement

XERO ANNUAL REPORT120

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Capital management
The capital structure of the Group primarily consists of equity raised by the issue of ordinary shares in the Company and issued debt.

Xero manages its capital to ensure that it maintains an appropriate capital structure to support the business and maximise 
shareholder value. The Group’s capital structure is adjusted based on business needs and economic conditions. During the 
year ended 31 March 2021, Xero issued USD700 million of convertible notes for the purpose of investments into strategic and 
complementary businesses and assets which are in line with the Group’s strategy to drive long-term shareholder value, and for 
general corporate purposes. Xero repurchased USD298.2 million of the 2023 convertible notes, utilising USD293.4 million of cash 
from the new convertible note proceeds, along with the issuance of USD374.2 million in share capital.

Xero’s $150 million standby debt facility remains undrawn at 31 March 2021. There are no current plans to draw down on the 
facility. The facility provides Xero with additional liquidity to cover unforeseen operating cash flow requirements. Counterparties 
to the facility are ANZ, BNZ, HSBC, and Citibank. The facility expires in August 2022.

In November 2020 an additional AUD30 million facility was entered into, with HSBC as the sole counterparty. The facility was put 
in place to fund the Waddle loans receivable portfolio on an ongoing basis and expires in August 2022. At 31 March 2021 the facility 
is drawn by AUD0.8 million. The drawn balance is included in other current liabilities at 31 March 2021.

Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to the following risks through the normal course of business and from its use of financial instruments:

a.  Market risk
b.  Liquidity risk
c.  Credit risk

The following presents both qualitative and quantitative information on the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, along 
with policies and processes for managing risk.

(a) Market risk
The Group is exposed to market risk primarily through changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign currency risk

Nature of risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that changes to foreign currency exchange rates negatively impact the Group’s New Zealand dollar 
(NZD) net cash flows.

Exposure and risk management
Xero is exposed to currency risk from the operations of foreign subsidiaries and foreign currency denominated expenses in the 
parent Company. The Group has significant operations in four currencies, being Great British pounds (GBP), Australian dollars 
(AUD), United States dollars (USD), and Canadian dollars (CAD), with exposures to other currencies to a lesser degree. The 
material exposures are USD and CAD outflows, as well as AUD and GBP inflows. In order to reduce the impact of short-term 
movements in exchange rates, the Group’s treasury policy requires a portion of the next 18 months’ cash flows to be hedged 
with forward exchange contracts and vanilla options (outright purchased options and vanilla collars), except for AUD and GBP 
cashflows, where hedging a portion of the next 24 months’ forecast cashflows is permitted within the policy threshold.

 
121

The Group’s exposure to monetary foreign currency financial instruments and lease liabilities is outlined below in NZD:

 AUD
($000s)

 USD
($000s)

 GBP
($000s)

 CAD
($000s)

 EUR
($000s)

At 31 March 2021

Exposures

Cash and cash equivalents, and 
short-term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Trade and other payables

Other current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Lease liabilities

 8,137

 2,024

 4,937

 (9,257)

 (8,078)

 (35,907)

 (4,321)

 757,230

 1,068

 –

 (4,217)

(2,624)

 –

 13,173

 2,820

 –

 (5,619)

 (3,460)

 –

 (8,850)

 (30,480)

Term debt (including conversion feature)

 –

 (1,002,400)

 –

 2,170

 155

 –

 145,619

 –

 –

 (1,409)

 (1,505)

 –

 –

 (454)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 161,684

 119,219

 (29,146)

(288,939)

 101,745

 78,179

 (9,850)

 (9,388)

 (503)

 143,611

Derivative financial instruments 
(foreign currency derivatives)

Total foreign currency exposure

At 31 March 2020

Exposures

Cash and cash equivalents, and 
short-term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

 8,525

 1,387

 (8,766)

 –

 –

 419,699

 3,695

 (7,019)

 (5,812)

 –

 (5,392)

 (13,523)

 9,004

 2,736

 (6,187)

 –

 (2,840)

 (1,794)

 –

 2,310

 174

 (524)

 –

 –

 (1,223)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

Term debt (including conversion feature)

 –

 (500,526)

Derivative financial instruments 
(foreign currency derivatives)

Total foreign currency exposure

 85,164

 80,918

 (31,517)

 (135,003)

 63,990

 64,909

 (13,231)

 (12,494)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT122

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

At 31 March, a movement of 10% in the NZD would impact the Income Statement and Statement of Changes in Equity 
(after hedging) as detailed in the table below:

Impact on:

Net profit/(loss) before income tax 
(increase/(decrease))

Equity (before income tax) (increase/(decrease))

 2021
($000s)

10% decrease

 2020
($000s)

 14,365

 (57,624)

 (1,751)

 12,646

 2021
($000s)

 (11,753)

 47,147

10% increase

 2020
($000s)

 1,432

 (10,214)

This analysis assumes a movement in the NZD across all currencies and only includes the effect of foreign exchange movements 
on financial instruments. All other variables remain constant.

Interest rate risk

Nature of risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in interest rates negatively impact the Group’s financial performance or the value of its 
financial instruments.

Exposure and risk management
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposit balances, and when term debt 
at fixed rates is refinanced. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits held on call with banks, funds invested 
in money market funds, and other short-term and highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Surplus 
balances are placed in short-term investments at fixed rates. The repricing of these at maturity exposes the Group to interest 
rate risk. Money market funds invested into include a broad range of highly rated short-term fixed income securities and calculate 
investment returns on a daily basis. Changes to interest rates will impact the returns generated by each fund. The convertible 
notes would give rise to interest rate risk at maturity (December 2025) if the Group were to refinance at prevailing interest rates, 
with higher interest rates increasing the cost of debt financing should they be in effect at this time.

The Group does not currently enter into interest rate hedges. However, management regularly reviews its investment and funding 
arrangements to ensure it achieves the best returns on its funds while maintaining access to necessary liquidity levels to service 
the Group’s day-to-day activities.

Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates for the year had been 1.0% higher/lower with all other variables held constant, the impact on the interest income 
and net profit of the Group would have been $9.6 million higher/lower, and accumulated losses $9.6 million lower/higher (2020: 
$5.4 million). This analysis assumes that the cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits balance was consistent with the 
year end balance throughout the year.

 
123

(b) Liquidity risk

Nature of risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot pay contractual liabilities as they fall due.

Exposure and risk management
At 31 March 2021 the Group held cash and cash equivalents of $657.8 million and term deposits of $452.8 million, which are 
available to be used to service the Group’s day-to-day activities and for investments into strategic and complementary businesses 
and assets. The $150 million syndicated standby facility provides additional liquidity to cover unforeseen operating cash flow 
requirements. The AUD30.0 million facility, of which AUD29.2 million is undrawn at 31 March 2021, provides additional liquidity to 
fund expansion of the Waddle loans receivable portfolio.

The liquidity risk that arises on maturity of the convertible notes in December 2025 is being closely monitored by management, 
with the intention that there will be repayment or refinancing plans in advance of this to ensure that the Group has sufficient 
liquidity to meet its contractual obligations as they fall due.

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk based on undiscounted contractual cash flows relating to financial liabilities and lease 
liabilities is summarised below:

 Less than 
12 months
($000s)

 Between 
1 and 2 years
($000s)

 Between 
2 and 5 years
($000s)

 Over 5 years
($000s)

 Total contractual 
cash flows
($000s)

 Carrying 
amount
($000s)

At 31 March 2021

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Other current liabilities

Term debt

Contingent consideration

Contractual cash flows

Derivative financial liabilities

Derivative liabilities

Forward exchange contracts

Inflows

Outflows

Contractual cash flows

At 31 March 2020

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Term debt

Other non-current liabilities

Contractual cash flows

Derivative financial liabilities

Forward exchange contracts

Inflows

Outflows

Contractual cash flows

 37,397

 16,338

10,621

–

 –

 64,356

2,858

 –

 231,507

 (40,028)

 194,337

 –

 –

 3,901

 16,731

 –

 –

 39,483

 (8,207)

 31,276

 –

 –

 –

 12,830

 39,746

 55,776

 –

 1,002,400

 19,032

 –

 –

 –

 37,397

 124,690

10,621

 37,397

 94,530

 10,536

 1,002,400

 854,078

 22,933

 17,952

 1,061,178

 55,776

 1,198,041

 1,014,493

 –

 –

 7,561

 (7,561)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

2,858

 –

 278,551

 (55,796)

2,858

 (3,956)

 –

 –

 225,613

 (1,098)

 Less than 
12 months
($000s)

 Between 
1 and 2 years
($000s)

 Between 
2 and 5 years
($000s)

 Over 5 years
($000s)

 Total contractual 
cash flows
($000s)

 Carrying 
amount
($000s)

 34,055

 18,446

 11,887

 –

 64,388

 –

 62,563

 (65,158)

 (2,595)

 –

 16,468

 11,887

 2,840

 31,195

 –

 3,095

 (3,128)

 (33)

 –

 33,470

 524,301

 –

 –

 53,003

 –

 –

 34,055

 121,387

 34,055

 72,626

 548,075

 430,399

 2,840

 2,840

 557,771

 53,003

 706,357

 539,920

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

 (3,256)

 65,658

 (68,286)

 –

 –

 (2,628)

 (3,256)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT124

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

(c) Credit risk

Nature of risk
Credit risk arises in the normal course of Xero’s business on financial assets if a counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations.

Exposure and risk management
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term 
deposits, derivatives, bonds and deposits, loan receivables portfolio, and receivables.

The Group manages credit risk by placing cash, short-term deposits, and derivative contracts with high-quality financial 
institutions. The exposure to the credit risk of the call option counterparties means that in the event of default the Group may 
have to pay an increased amount on settlement of the convertible notes. The Group manages liquidity factoring in any risk of 
default. The credit risk associated with trade receivables is small due to the inherently low transaction value and the distribution 
over a large number of customers.

Other current assets include the acquired Waddle loans receivable portfolio, which consists of secured loans made to small 
businesses based on a customer’s nominated accounts receivable. The Group assesses the creditworthiness of the loans 
receivable portfolio on a pooled basis due to the composition of the loans having similar characteristics, being small homogeneous 
loans with similar risk profiles. The Group has assessed the credit risk of the loans receivable portfolio as low, due to low historic 
default rates and the distribution of the portfolio being over a number of customers.

Group financial assets subject to credit risk at balance date are as follows:

At 31 March

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial assets

Other current assets

Non-current assets

2021
($000s)

 657,849

 452,814

 18,524

 123,674

 4,937

 268

2020
($000s)

 108,027

 428,052

 10,510

 124,698

 –

 1,327

Total financial assets subject to credit risk

 1,258,066

 672,614

A summary of the Group’s exposure to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, and derivative assets 
categorised by external credit risk grading is as follows:

At 31 March

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits

AAAm

A-1+

A-1

A-2

2021
($000s)

 398,147

 469,880

 236,791

 5,845

2020
($000s)

 –

 470,121

 60,379

 5,579

Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits

 1,110,663

 536,079

Derivative assets

A-1+

A-1

Total derivative assets

Total exposure to credit risk

 946

 122,728

 123,674

 1,234,337

 5,917

 118,781

 124,698

 660,777

Of the Group’s trade and other receivables, other current assets and non-current assets, $9.2 million are with counterparties 
with an A-1 external credit risk rating. The remaining amounts are with counterparties who have no external credit risk rating. 
Due to the nature of the Group’s business, the balances do not consist of any concentration of risk that is considered individually 
material.

 
125

17. Derivatives and hedge accounting
The Group’s derivative financial instruments consist of forward exchange contracts, vanilla foreign exchange options (outright 
purchased options and vanilla collars), conversion feature of the convertible notes, and call spread options entered into in 
connection with the convertible notes.

At 31 March

Current derivative assets

Forward exchange contracts

Call spread options

Foreign exchange options

Non-current derivative assets

Call spread options

Forward exchange contracts

Total derivative assets

Current derivative liabilities

Conversion feature of convertible notes

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Non-current derivative liabilities

Conversion feature of convertible notes

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Total derivative liabilities

 2021
($000s)

 861

 –

 –

 122,123

 690

 123,674

 (2,858)

 (3,363)

 –

 2020
($000s)

 5,732

 117,351

 1,615

 –

 –

 124,698

–

 (1,937)

 (1,220)

 (120,268)

 (121,873)

 (593)

 –

 (39)

 (60)

 (127,082)

 (125,129)

Foreign currency hedges
The Group uses derivatives in the form of forward exchange contracts and vanilla foreign exchange options (outright purchased 
options and vanilla collars) to reduce the risk that movements in foreign exchange rates will affect the Group’s NZD cash flows. 
Whenever possible, these hedges have been designated as a hedge of a highly probable forecast transaction (a cash flow hedge 
under NZ IFRS 9: Financial Instruments). The Group determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedging 
instrument and the hedged item based on the currency and timing of respective cash flows. Derivatives in hedge relationships 
are designated based on a hedge ratio of 1:1. Hedges that do not have a highly probable forecast transaction are recognised as 
ineffective hedges. 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised 
in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the Income Statement in the periods when the hedged transaction 
affects profit and loss. Only the intrinsic value of options are designated as hedge relationships with movements in the time value 
of foreign exchange options recognised immediately in the Income Statement. The Group has taken up the option under NZ IFRS 9 
to defer forward points into other comprehensive income.

During the year, a net hedging loss of $9.0 million (before taxation) was recognised in other comprehensive income (2020: gain 
of $6.8 million). During the year, a gain of $0.4 million (before taxation) was reclassified out of other comprehensive income to 
the Income Statement (2020: gain of $5.6 million). The remaining balance will be reclassified to the Income Statement in future 
reporting periods as the relevant hedging instruments mature.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT126

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Hedge position
The Group’s hedge accounted financial instruments are as follows:

At 31 March

Derivative assets

Buy USD – Sell NZD

Buy CAD – Sell NZD

Buy NZD – Sell AUD

Buy NZD – Sell GBP

Total

Derivative liabilities

Buy USD – Sell NZD

Buy CAD – Sell NZD

Buy NZD – Sell AUD

Buy NZD – Sell GBP

Total

 2021
Average 
forward price

 2021
Fair value
($000s)

 2021 Notional 
amount hedged 
(NZD)
($000s)

 2020
Average 
forward price

 2020
Fair value
($000s)

 2020 Notional 
amount hedged 
(NZD)
($000s)

0.7256

0.9097

0.9139

0.4937

0.6719

0.8656

0.9265

0.5144

 575

 177

 93

 283

 1,128

 (752)

 (51)

 (1,498)

 (1,655)

 (3,956)

 14,470

 4,672

 21,885

 16,203

 20,092

 4,044

 144,637

 85,542

0.6692

0.8692

0.9332

 –

 –

 –

 –

0.5051

 3,388

 528

 3,034

 –

 6,950

 –

 –

 –

 (2,643)

 (2,643)

 28,180

 13,231

 85,164

 –

 –

 –

 –

 53,665

Conversion feature and call option derivatives
The conversion feature derivative liability of the 2025 convertible notes represents an embedded derivative financial instrument 
in the host debt contract. The conversion feature represents the Group’s obligation to issue Xero Limited shares (or an equivalent 
amount of cash) should noteholders exercise their conversion option. The embedded conversion derivatives are carried in the 
Statement of Financial Position at their estimated fair value and adjusted at the end of each reporting period, with any unrealised 
gain or loss reflected in the Income Statement. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group recognised a $27.1 million 
revaluation gain in the Income Statement relating to the 2025 conversion feature derivative.

In connection with the issue of the 2025 convertible notes, the Group entered into call spread options. The lower strike call 
options mirror the conversion option embedded in the convertible notes, and are accounted for as derivative assets in the 
Statement of Financial Position at their estimated fair value. The derivative assets are adjusted to fair value each reporting period, 
with unrealised gains or losses reflected in the Income Statement. During the year ended 31 March 2021, the Group recognised a 
$24.3 million revaluation loss in the Income Statement relating to the lower strike call options.

 
127

18. Share capital

Balance at 1 April

Issue of ordinary shares – buyback of 2023 convertible notes

Issue of ordinary shares – exercising of employee share options

Issue of ordinary shares – restricted stock unit schemes

Issue of ordinary shares – employee restricted share plan

Issue of ordinary shares – exercising of director share options

Issue of ordinary shares – acquisition of Hubdoc

Issue of ordinary shares – directors' fees

Ordinary shares on issue at 31 March

Treasury shares

Ordinary shares on issue at 31 March excluding treasury shares

All shares have been issued, are fully paid, and have no par value.

 Notes

15

24

24

24

 2021
(000s)

 141,851

 3,750

 952

 314

 97

 –

 –

 –

 146,964

 (133)

 146,831

 2020
(000s)

 140,774

 –

 504

 266

 67

 60

 176

 4

 141,851

 (339)

 141,512

During the year, the Company issued 3,750,005 shares at a price of AUD135.86 to part fund the buyback of the 2023  
convertible notes.

During the year, employees exercised 952,438 share options with a weighted average exercise price of $33.26 (2020: 504,021, 
$22.70).

During the year, 341,519 RSUs vested, of which 313,527 were converted to shares with a weighted average price of $72.64. 
The remaining 27,992 were surrendered to settle payroll withholding obligations (2020: 327,917 vested, 266,190 converted at 
a weighted average price of $48.01, 61,727 surrendered to settle payroll withholding obligations).

During the year, the Company allocated 133,589 shares under the employee restricted share plan, at a weighted average price of 
AUD93.88 (2020: 141,582, AUD63.95). Of the shares allocated, 97,131 were new shares issued, and 36,458 were the reissue of shares 
held as treasury shares (2020: 66,823 and 74,759 respectively).

XERO ANNUAL REPORT128

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

19. Business combinations
On 1 October 2020, Xero acquired 100% of the ordinary shares in invoice financing platform Waddle, for consideration of AUD35.9 
million cash (including completion adjustment of AUD4.9 million). An additional AUD24.5 million in shares of Xero Limited and 
AUD24.5 million in cash may be payable to the previous shareholders of Waddle dependent on the achievement of certain product 
development and revenue milestones over the period to September 2023.

Of the AUD49 million contingent consideration, AUD14 million is payable based on the achievement of specific product and 
business integration milestones. The remaining AUD35 million contingent consideration is dependent on the achievement of 
specified revenue milestones. All contingent consideration payments are payable 50% in cash and 50% in shares, unless  
otherwise agreed.

The number of shares issued on settlement of the contingent consideration will be based on the 20-day weighted average price 
of Xero Limited shares preceding issue date. Based on management’s projections, it is expected that the performance targets will 
be met and therefore the contingent consideration is recorded at 100%. Management will continue to assess the probability of 
achievement throughout the 36-month period and will record any revaluation adjustments accordingly.

Goodwill of $47.1 million has been recognised to reflect Waddle’s expertise and technology that will enable the Group to grow 
Xero’s small business platform and help our customers better manage cash flow and gain access to working capital.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Software development asset

Customer contracts intangible asset

Brand intangible asset

Goodwill

Tangible assets acquired

Tangible liabilities assumed

Net assets acquired

Consideration transferred

Cash*

Contingent consideration

Total consideration

1 October 2020
($000s)

 27,340

 5,010

 524

 47,108

 7,286

 (7,293)

 79,975

 38,832

 41,143

 79,975

* Net of cash acquired as part of the business combination, cash outflows relating to the acquisition were $36.3 million

The acquired software development asset, customer contracts, and brand are determined to have useful lives of 7 years, 
7 years, and 5 years respectively.

For the period from acquisition date to 31 March 2021, Waddle contributed $2.1 million in operating revenue and $0.2 million in net 
loss. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 April 2020, management estimates that consolidated operating revenue and net profit 
would have been an additional $2.4 million higher and $0.4 million lower respectively for the year ended 31 March 2021.

 
129

20. Group entities
Consolidation subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

Inter-company transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.

The financial statements of each of the Group’s subsidiaries are prepared in the functional currency of that entity. The functional 
currency is determined for each entity based on factors such as the principal trading currency. The assets and liabilities of these 
entities are translated at exchange rates existing at balance date. Revenue and expenses are translated at rates approximating the 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. The exchange gains or losses arising on translation are recorded in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity.

Country of 
incorporation

Balance date

Interest
2021 (%)

Interest
2020 (%)

Xero (NZ) Limited

Xero (UK) Limited

Xero Australia Pty Limited

Xero, Inc.

Xero (Singapore) Pte. Ltd

Xero Software (Canada) Ltd

Xero (HK) Limited

Xero South Africa (Pty) Ltd

Xero Trustee Limited

Hubdoc Inc.

Hubdoc Pty Limited

Hubdoc (UK) Limited

Xero Investments Limited

Waddle Holdings Pty Limited

Waddle Loans Pty. Ltd.

Waddle SaaS Pty Ltd

Waddle Servicing Pty Ltd

Waddle IP Pty. Ltd.

Waddle Loans Limited

Xero (NZ) Holdings Limited

Xero (Australia) Holdings Pty Limited

New Zealand

United Kingdom

Australia

United States

Singapore

Canada

Hong Kong

South Africa

New Zealand

Canada

Australia

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

31 March

United Kingdom

31 January

New Zealand

31 March

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

30 June

30 June

30 June

30 June

30 June

30 June

31 March

31 March

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XERO ANNUAL REPORT130

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

21. Current and deferred income tax
Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the Income Statement or Statement of 
Comprehensive Income except when it relates to items recognised directly in equity (in which case the income tax is recognised in 
equity). Income tax is based on tax rates and regulation enacted in the jurisdictions in which the entities operate.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax is based on the expected manner 
of realisation of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the end of the 
reporting period.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against which 
the asset can be utilised.

Income tax expense
The tax on the Group’s profit/(loss) before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the New Zealand 
statutory income tax rate as follows:

Year ended 31 March

Accounting profit/(loss) before income tax

At the New Zealand statutory income tax rate of 28%

Non-deductible expenditure

Prior period adjustment

Recognition of historic unrecognised tax losses

Tax rate variance of subsidiaries

Current year tax losses/deferred expenditure not recognised

Income tax (credit)/expense

Comprising:

Income tax payable

Prior period adjustment

Deferred tax

Recognition of tax losses

Tax losses utilised

Effect of changes in foreign currency

Income tax (credit)/expense

 2021
($000s)

 (43,936)

 (12,302)

 (2,197)

 (1,833)

 (55,060)

 2,371

 5,311

 (63,710)

9,410

 (1,833)

 (16,334)

 (55,060)

 –

 107

 (63,710)

 2020
($000s)

 9,837

 2,754

 370

 (116)

 (14,036)

 847

 16,682

 6,501

 9,196

 (116)

 (1,565)

 –

 (972)

 (42)

 6,501

 
 (28,002)

 80,857

 103,267

131

Deferred income tax

Derivatives
($000s)

Provisions and 
employee benefits
($000s)

Tax depreciation
($000s)

Tax losses and  
R&D expenditure
($000s)

Year ended 31 March 2021

Deferred tax asset balances

At 1 April 2020

Prior period adjustment

Charged to Income Statement

Charged to equity

Impact of change in tax rates

At 31 March 2021

Deferred tax liability balances

 –

 –

 –

 (792)

 –

 (792)

 9,288

 (336)

 24,677

 17,371

 204

 51,204

At 1 April 2020

 (1,209)

 14,646

Prior period adjustment

Recognition of deferred tax  

on business combination

Charged to Income Statement

Charged to equity

At 31 March 2021

Year ended 31 March 2020

Deferred tax asset balances

At 1 April 2019

Prior period adjustment

Charged to Income Statement

Charged to equity

Impact of change in tax rates

At 31 March 2020

Deferred tax liability balances

At 1 April 2019

Prior period adjustment

Charged to Income Statement

Charged to equity

Tax losses utilised

At 31 March 2020

 –

–

 –

 1,209

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

 (881)

 –

 –

 (328)

 –

 90

–

 (14,470)

 –

 266

 5,661

 (547)

 4,153

 (23)

 44

 9,288

 9,276

 (267)

 2,185

 3,452

 –

 (2,858)

 1,296

 (26,257)

 –

 (183)

 (2,679)

1,861

 73,371

8,304

 –

 (22,977)

 (263)

(5,814)

 22,403

 –

 (6,651)

 (2,849)

 584

 (547)

 –

 (46)

 8,426

 10

–

 (8,351)

 –

 85

 (1,199)

 647

 (2,718)

 591

 –

 (2,858)

 (2,679)

 (19,048)

 39

 (3,968)

 –

 –

 8,864

 (412)

 2,462

 (3,460)

 972

 8,426

 (1,209)

 14,646

 (22,977)

Total
($000s)

 3,751

2,821

 71,791

 24,883

 21

 (1,114)

 (163)

(5,814)

 (418)

 1,209

 (6,300)

 1,613

 684

 888

 568

 (2)

 3,751

 (1,789)

 (640)

 679

 (336)

 972

 (1,114)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT132

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Key estimates and assumptions

Recognised tax losses and temporary differences
A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available, against which the 
deductible temporary differences can be offset.

The Group has reviewed previously unrecognised New Zealand tax losses and has determined that it is now probable that future 
expected taxable profits will arise for which the tax losses and other unrecognised temporary differences (primarily comprising 
carried forward R&D expenditure) can be utilised. Current shareholder continuity further supports the recognition of a deferred tax 
asset. Accordingly, in the year to 31 March 2021, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of $83.1 million in respect of New 
Zealand tax losses and carried forward R&D expenditure.

The Group’s recognised deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability are expected to be recovered and realised by $15.6 million and 
$0.34 million respectively within the next 12 months. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where the balances are 
due to/receivable from the same counterparties.

Carried forward R&D expenditure
The Group has elected to defer the deduction of research and development expenditure in accordance with sections DB 34(7) 
and EE 1(5) of the Income Tax Act 2007.

The estimated deferred research and development expenditure available to the Group is $94.6 million (2020: $85.4 million). 
The deferred research and development expenditure can be deducted from taxable income in future periods, and the ability to 
carry forward deferred research and development expenditure is not dependent on maintaining shareholder continuity.

Unrecognised tax losses and temporary differences
The Group has estimated unrecognised tax losses available to carry forward and other unrecognised temporary differences in 
overseas jurisdictions of $170.6 million (2020: $133.2 million) subject to shareholder continuity being maintained (as applicable), 
noting that deferred tax assets are recognised for carried forward tax losses to the extent of deferred tax liabilities.

22. Reconciliation of operating cash flows

Year ended 31 March

Net profit

Adjustments:

Depreciation

Amortisation

Loss on recognition/extinguishment of term debt

Share-based payments

Amortisation of debt discount and issuance costs

Recognition of historic unrecognised tax losses

Deferred tax and current taxes recognised in equity

Bad debts

Other non-cash items

Tax losses utilised

Impairment of assets

Changes in working capital:

Increase in receivables and prepayments

Decrease in interest receivable

Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and other related items

Increase/(decrease) in current tax payable

Increase in employee entitlements

Increase in income in advance

Net cash flows from operating activities

 2021
($000s)

 19,774

 24,929

 104,612

 67,169

 42,731

 21,781

 (55,060)

 (1,772)

 1,331

 11,684

 –

 –

 (34,053)

 1,672

 (23,880)

 (2,570)

 36,785

 3,506

 218,639

 2020
($000s)

 3,336

 23,035

 82,026

 –

 34,336

 17,023

 –

 (1,565)

 1,974

 (2,435)

 (972)

 1,427

 (5,833)

 931

 6,396

 721

 4,304

 1,925

 166,629

 
133

23. Changes in financial assets and liabilities arising from financing activities

Year ended 31 March 2021

At 1 April
2020
($000s)

Proceeds
($000s)

Payments
($000s)

Amortisation 
expense
($000s)

Foreign 
exchange 
movement
($000s)

Other non-
cash items*
($000s)

At 31 March 
2021
($000s)

Short-term deposits

 428,052

 (795,540)

 855,428

Call spread option derivative assets**

117,350

 (510,160)

145,341

 –

–

 (35,126)

 –

 452,814

 (24,981)

394,573

122,123

Term debt and conversion feature

 (546,460)

 (976,060)

 415,305

 (21,781)

 61,285

 87,901

 (979,810)

Other current liabilities

 –

 (814)

 –

 –

 (12)

 –

 (826)

Year ended 31 March 2020

At 1 April
2019
($000s)

Proceeds
($000s)

Payments
($000s)

Amortisation 
expense
($000s)

Short-term deposits

 336,819

 (734,563)

 785,753

Call spread option derivative assets**

73,999

Term debt and conversion feature

 (435,098)

–

 –

–

 –

Foreign 
exchange 
movement
($000s)

 40,043

10,720

Other non-
cash items
($000s)

At 31 March 
2020
($000s)

 –

 428,052

32,631

117,350

 –

–

 (17,023)

 (61,181)

 (33,158)

 (546,460)

* Other non-cash movements reflect the loss on extinguishment of the 2023 convertible notes, and the fair value of the bond component and embedded 
conversion derivative relating to the issuance of the 2025 convertible notes 
** Excludes cash flows related to equity classified call spread option derivatives

24. Share-based payments
The Group operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which employees provide services in exchange 
for non-transferable options, RSUs, or restricted shares. The value of the employee services rendered for the grant of 
non-transferable options, RSUs, and restricted shares is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, and the amount is 
determined by reference to the fair value of the options, RSUs, and restricted shares granted.

Employee restricted share plan
Under the employee restricted share plan, ordinary shares in the Company are issued to a trustee, Xero Limited Employee 
Restricted Share Trust, a wholly owned subsidiary, and allocated to participants on grant date, using funds lent to them by 
the Company.

The shares are beneficially owned by the participants. The length of retention period before the shares vest is up to three years. 
If the individual is still employed by the Group at the end of each specific period, the employee is given a bonus that must be 
used to repay the loan and shares are then transferred to the employee. The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted 
shares granted during the year was AUD93.88 (2020: AUD63.95) and was determined by the volume-weighted average price of the 
Company shares preceding the grant date. Shares with a grant date fair value of $17.6 million vested during the year (2020: $11.1 
million). The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the shares for cash.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT134

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Movements in the number of restricted shares outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding restricted shares at start of period

Granted

Forfeited

Settled

Outstanding restricted shares at 31 March – allocated to employees

Forfeited shares not yet reallocated – held by Trustee

Total

Percentage of total ordinary shares

Ageing of unvested shares

Vest within one year

Vest after one year

Total unvested shares at 31 March*

 2021
Number of shares
(000s)

 2020
Number of shares
(000s)

 313

 134

 (17)

 (304)

 126

 7

 133

0.1%

 83

 43

 126

 371

 142

 (61)

 (139)

 313

 26

 339

0.2%

 138

 44

 182

* 31 March 2020 balance varies from the total above due to shares that vested on 31 March 2020 but were not settled until 1 April 2020

The number of shares awarded pursuant to the restricted share plan (RSP) does not equal the number of shares created for the 
scheme as forfeited shares are held in the trust and reissued.

Share options scheme
Options are granted to selected employees and executives. Options are conditional on the completion of the necessary years of 
service (the vesting period) as appropriate to that tranche.

The options tranches vest within four years from the grant date. No options can be exercised later than the second anniversary of 
the final vesting date. There were 65 holders of options at 31 March 2021 (2020: 52).

The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Movements in the number of options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

Outstanding at start of period

Granted

Forfeited/expired

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 March

Exercisable at 31 March

 2021
Weighted average 
exercise price ($)

 42.04

 110.24

 52.27

 33.26

 58.98

 37.10

 2021
Options
(000s)

 2,861

 456

 (88)

 (952)

 2,277

 264

 2020
Weighted average 
exercise price ($)

 31.91

 64.85

 37.12

 22.07

 42.04

 21.32

 2020
Options
(000s)

 2,995

 763

 (333)

 (564)

 2,861

 288

The weighted average share price on the date of exercise for options exercised in the year ended 31 March 2021 was AUD102.27 
(2020: AUD67.94). The weighted average remaining contractual term of options outstanding at 31 March 2021 is 3.7 years (2020:  
3.1 years).

 
135

Options outstanding at 31 March fall within the following ranges:

Granted

2016–17

2017–18

2018–19

2019–20

2020–21

 Exercise price

 NZD17.51 – NZD19.50

 NZD25.75 – NZD32.48

 AUD34.00 – AUD48.33

 AUD51.82 – AUD83.04

 AUD79.50 – AUD138.28

 2021
Options
(000s)

 75

 66

 1,134

 546

 456

 2,277

 2020
Options
(000s)

 445

 190

 1,463

 763

–

 2,861

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year, determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, was 
$29.98 per option (2020: $18.89).

The significant inputs into the model were the market share price at grant date, the exercise price as shown above, expected 
annualised volatility of between 34.1% and 36.1%, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of between three and five years, 
and an annual risk-free interest rate of between 0.2% and 0.4%.

The volatility input is measured as the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns and is based on a statistical 
analysis of daily share prices over a period consistent with the options' expected life.

Restricted stock units
RSUs are issued to certain employees and executives of the Group. On the grant date, an RSU agreement is entered into between 
employee and Company stipulating the number of units granted and their vesting schedules. On the vest date, the RSUs are 
converted to ordinary shares in the Company.

No cash consideration is required to be paid on vesting of the RSUs. The fair value of RSUs granted in the year ended 31 March 
2021 was $32.8 million (2020: $28.1 million) as determined by the volume-weighted average share price. The RSUs are conditional 
on the employees completing up to three years' service (the vesting period) and are, for the most part, converted to shares in 
equal amounts over the vesting period.

Movements in the number of RSUs outstanding and their related weighted average grant prices are as follows:

 2021 Weighted 
average grant date fair 
value ($)

 2021 RSUs
(000s)

 2020 Weighted 
average grant date fair 
value ($)

 2020 RSUs
(000s)

Outstanding at start of period

Granted

Forfeited

Converted to shares

Surrendered to settle payroll withholding obligations

Outstanding at 31 March

 60.16

 101.72

 80.53

 72.64

 48.78

 90.00

 379

 359

 (45)

 (314)

 (28)

 351

 38.89

 66.00

 53.71

 48.01

 34.33

 60.16

 370

 425

 (89)

 (266)

 (61)

 379

The Company withholds shares under certain circumstances to settle tax withholding obligations on vesting. Based on the market 
share price on 31 March 2021, future cash payments to meet tax withholding obligations on the vesting of RSUs are expected to be 
$0.2 million (2020: $1.5 million).

XERO ANNUAL REPORT136

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

25. Key management personnel and related parties

Key management personnel
Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and 
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, and include the directors, the Chief Executive, and the Chief Financial 
Officer. Xero's key management personnel were redefined in the current year as a result of the impact COVID-19 had on the way 
the business was managed and the increased need for financial discipline in an uncertain environment. As a result, year-over-year 
balances are not comparable.

The following table summarises remuneration paid to key management personnel.

Year ended 31 March

Short-term employee benefits

Directors' fees

Share-based payments - options

Share-based payments - restricted stock units

Share-based payments - employee restricted share plan

2021
($000s)

 2,307

 1,415

 2,327

 296

 –

2020
($000s)

 8,329

 1,332

 7,807

 1,360

 147

Related party transactions
During the year Atomic.io Limited, a related party by way of a 19% shareholding and common directorship of a Xero director, 
provided product development and support services to the Group of $296,000.

During the year 0TO60 Tourism Limited, a related party by way of being wholly owned and governed by a Xero director, provided 
client sales and marketing event services to the Group of $20,000. 

Other than that related to the remuneration of key management personnel there are no balances or commitments outstanding 
with related parties as at 31 March 2021.

A number of key management personnel, or their related parties, hold positions in other entities that result in them having control 
or significant influence over the financial or operating policies of these entities. A number of these entities subscribe to services 
provided by the Group. None of these related party transactions are significant to either party, and are completed on arm's length 
terms. There were no related party transactions during the year other than as detailed above.

No amounts with any related parties have been written off or foregone during the year (2020: nil).

26. Commitments and contingencies

Capital commitments
Capital commitments of $15.2 million for building fit-outs were contracted for at 31 March 2021 but not yet incurred (2020:  
$1.2 million).

Contingent liabilities
There were no contingent liabilities at 31 March 2021 (2020: nil).

 
137

27. Events after balance sheet date

Planday acquisition
On 1 April 2021, Xero acquired 100% of the ordinary shares in cloud-based workforce management business Planday A/S and 
subsidiaries (‘Planday’), pursuant to an agreement dated 4 March 2021. The acquisition will enable Xero to continue its strategy to 
grow the small business platform.

Consideration for the acquisition comprised an upfront cash payment of EUR85.6 million and shares of EUR70.1 million, including 
an adjustment for working capital, with further contingent consideration of up to EUR27.8 million payable 50% in shares and 50% 
in cash subject to meeting certain product and revenue milestones.

Tickstar acquisition
On 1 April 2021, Xero acquired 100% of the ordinary shares in e-invoicing infrastructure business Tickstar AB ('Tickstar'), pursuant 
to an agreement dated 24 March 2021. The acquisition aligns with Xero's strategic priority to drive adoption of cloud accounting 
around the world.

Consideration for the acquisition comprised an upfront cash payment of SEK30 million and shares of SEK30 million, including an 
adjustment for working capital, with further contingent consideration of up to SEK90 million payable 50% in shares and 50% in 
cash subject to meeting certain product and revenue milestones.

At the date these financial statements were authorised for issue, the initial accounting for the respective Planday and Tickstar 
business combinations had not been completed due to the time required to complete the valuations of the acquired intangibles, 
along with the work required to align the accounting policies of the acquired companies to that of the Xero Group. This information 
will be included in the Group's interim report for the six months ended 30 September 2021.

There were no other significant events between balance date and the date these financial statements were authorised for issue.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT138

’

I

A
U
D
T
O
R
S
R
E
P
O
R
T

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

The directors are required to prepare financial statements for each financial year that present fairly the financial position of the 
Group and its operations and cash flows for that period.

The directors consider these financial statements have been prepared using accounting policies suitable to the Group’s 
circumstances, that these have been consistently applied and are supported by reasonable judgements and estimates, and that 
all relevant financial reporting and accounting standards have been followed.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, the 
financial position of the Group and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
1993 (New Zealand). They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

During the year ended 31 March 2021, the principal activities of the Group were for the provision of online business solutions for 
small businesses and their advisors. Other than as disclosed in this Annual Report, there were no significant changes in the state 
of affairs or activities of the Group during the year.

The Board authorised these financial statements for issue on 13 May 2021.

For and on behalf of the Board

David Thodey 
Chair 
Xero Limited 
13 May 2021 

Mark Cross
Director
Xero Limited
13 May 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
139

Disclosures

All financial figures in this section of the Annual Report are in New Zealand dollars except where indicated otherwise. References 
to FY21 are to the financial year ended 31 March 2021. References to FY20 are to the financial year ended 31 March 2020. Xero 
Group means Xero Limited (Xero) and its subsidiaries.

Equity holdings of Directors, CEO & CFO 

At 31 March 2021

Number of ordinary shares 

Number of unlisted options 

Number of restricted stock 

(Shares)

(Options)

units (RSUs)

Non-executive directors

David Thodey¹

Rod Drury²

Lee Hatton

Dale Murray

Susan Peterson

Craig Winkler³

Mark Cross⁴

Steven Aldrich

CEO and CFO

Steve Vamos

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy

8,461

11,914,789

5,378

950

3,340

6,675,990

2,500

–

3,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

210,783

108,908

10,090

1,056

¹ Shares are held by Aspiring Co Pty Limited on behalf of the Thodey Family Trust. David Thodey is a director of Aspiring Co Pty Limited and the 
beneficiaries of the Thodey Family Trust are the immediate family members of David Thodey

² Shares are held by Rodney Kenneth Drury, Anna Margaret Clare Stuck, and Scott Moran, as trustees of the Rodanna Ventures Trust. The beneficiaries of 
the Rodanna Ventures Trust are Anna Margaret Clare Stuck, Rodney Kenneth Drury and their immediate family members. 

³ 6,654,545 Shares are held by Givia Pty Limited, the trustee of an Australian charitable trust. Craig Winkler is a director of Givia Pty Limited; he and his 
family members are not beneficiaries of the trust. 21,445 Shares are held by a custodian for the benefit of Bangarie Investments Pty Limited. Craig Winkler 
is a director of Bangarie Investments Pty Limited

⁴ Shares are held by Alpha Investment Partners Limited on behalf of Alpha Investment Trust.  Mark Cross is a director of Alpha Investment Partners 
Limited and the beneficiaries of Alpha Investment Trust are Mark Cross and the immediate members of his family.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT140

I

D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E
S

Entries recorded in the Interests Register
Xero maintains an interests register in accordance with the Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand). 

Directors’ interests
Directors disclosed the following relevant interests, or cessations of interest, during FY21.

Director/Entity

David Thodey

Relationship

National COVID-19 Coordination Commission (NCCC)¹

ceased to be deputy chair

Vodafone Group Plc

Mark Cross

ceased to be a director

MFL Mutual Fund Limited / Superannuation Investments Limited

ceased to be chair and director

Lee Hatton

Afterpay Limited

Suncorp Group Limited

Dale Murray

Seedrs

Susan Peterson

Arvida Group Limited

ASB Bank Limited

Rod Drury

0TO60 Tourism Limited

Steven Aldrich*

Blucora, Inc.

appointed Executive vice president

ceased to be chief executive officer of banking and  
wealth division

ceased to be an advisor

director

ceased to be a director

director and shareholder

director

¹ Finite commitment, at the request of the Australian Government, to advise on Australia’s economic and social response to COVID-19 

* Commenced 1 October 2020

141

Share dealings of directors
Directors disclosed the following acquisitions or disposals of relevant interests in Xero Shares during FY21.

Registered holder

Date of acquisition/disposal

Consideration per Share 

Number of Shares acquired/

David Thodey

Aspiring Co Pty Limited¹

Rod Drury²

Rodanna Ventures Trust²

Rodanna Ventures Trust²

Rodanna Ventures Trust²

Lee Hatton

Lee Hatton

Susan Peterson

Susan Peterson

Craig Winkler³

Givia Pty Limited³

Givia Pty Limited³

Givia Pty Limited³

Mark Cross

31 August 2020

3 September 2020

30 November 2020

1 December 2020

26 September 2020

14 September 2020

3 September 2020

30 November 2020

2 December 2020

Alpha Investment Partners Limited⁴

3 September 2020

(AUD)

$101.34

$99.00

$133.02

$133.51

$97.77

$89.84

$100.00

$132.97

$133.00

$101.90

(disposed)

4,000

(2,000,000)

(1,756,485)

(48,505)

(4,000)

710

(1,000,000)

(1,000,000)

(600,000)

2,500

¹ Shares are held by Aspiring Co Pty Limited on behalf of the Thodey Family Trust. David Thodey is a director of Aspiring Co Pty Limited and the 
beneficiaries of the Thodey Family Trust are the immediate family members of David Thodey

² Shares are held by Rodney Kenneth Drury, Anna Margaret Clare Stuck, and Scott Moran, as trustees of the Rodanna Ventures Trust. The beneficiaries of 
the Rodanna Ventures Trust are Anna Margaret Clare Stuck, Rodney Kenneth Drury and their immediate family members

³ Craig Winkler is a director of Givia Pty Limited, the trustee of an Australian charitable trust. Craig Winkler and his family members are not beneficiaries of 
the trust. See ASX announcement dated 16 May 2017 for information on disposals by Givia Pty Limited

⁴ Shares are held by Alpha Investment Partners Limited on behalf of Alpha Investment Trust.  Mark Cross is a director of Alpha Investment Partners 
Limited and the beneficiaries of Alpha Investment Trust are Mark Cross and the immediate members of his family.

Insurance
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand), Xero has continued to insure its directors and officers (through 
renewal of its D&O insurance policy) against potential liability or costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited 
by law.

Deeds of Indemnity
Xero has provided deeds of indemnity to all directors and officers of Xero and its subsidiaries for potential liabilities and costs they 
may incur for acts or omissions in their capacity as directors or officers of Xero or its subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by law. 

XERO ANNUAL REPORT142

I

D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E
S

Remuneration Reporting
Xero’s remuneration policy and practices are summarised on pages 73 to 92 of this Annual Report.  

Shareholder Information
The shareholder information set out below is current as at 6 April 2021, unless otherwise specified.

Issued capital The total number of issued Shares in Xero at 31 March 2021 was 146,964,510, of which 132,713 Shares were held on a 
restricted basis in connection with Xero’s share-based compensation plans.

Distribution of shareholding

Range

1 to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 10,000

10,001 to 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

Name of holders

34,715

2,304

277

175

35

37,506

%

92.46

6.14

0.74

0.47

0.09

100.00

Shares

6,036,834

4,766,378

2,002,268

4,702,091

130,364,818

147,872,389

%

4.08

3.22

1.35

3.18

88.16

100.00

There were 303 holders of less than a marketable parcel of Shares as at 6 April 2021, based on a market price of AUD $135.00  
per Share.

RSUs and Options There were 64 individuals holding a total of 2,274,884 Options and 2,130 individuals holding a total of 350,341 
RSUs. RSUs are a conditional contractual right to be issued an equivalent number of Shares in Xero.

Substantial holdings and limitations on the acquisition of securities Xero is a New Zealand incorporated and domiciled 
company listed on the ASX. From a regulatory perspective, this means that while the ASX Listing Rules apply to Xero, certain 
provisions of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) do not. Xero is not subject to chapters 6, 6A, 6B, and 6C of the Australian 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) dealing with the acquisition of its Shares (including substantial holdings and takeovers). The 
Companies Act 1993 (New Zealand) applies to Xero and certain provisions of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (New 
Zealand) also apply to Xero (including in relation to financial reporting, but not including the provisions relating to substantial 
shareholdings).

There is no requirement on Xero’s substantial shareholders to provide substantial product holder notices to Xero. Xero has not 
received any such notices during FY21.

Key limitations on the acquisition of Shares in Xero are imposed by the following New Zealand legislation: Commerce Act 1986, 
Overseas Investment Act 2005, and Takeovers Act 1993, together with various regulations and codes promulgated under  
such legislation.

143

Top 20 holders The names of the 20 largest holders of Xero Shares as at 6 April 2021 are listed below.

Name

1. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

2. J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

3. Rodney Kenneth Drury & Anna Margaret Clare Stuck & Scott Moran 

4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

5. Givia Pty Limited 

6. National Nominees Limited

7. BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 

8.HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - GSCO ECA 

9. Custodial Services Limited 

10. JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited <56968 A/C>

11. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  

12. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 

13. Nelson Nien Sheng Wang & Pei-Chun Ko 

14. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited 

15. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Six Sis Ltd 

16. Solium Nominees (Australia) Pty Ltd 

17. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  

18. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd  

19. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/C 2

20. National Nominees Limited 

Top 20 holders of fully paid Shares (total)

Other shareholders (balance on register)

Grand total

Number of shares held

% of issued capital

Shares

50,286,890

29,971,970

11,914,789

9,636,027

6,654,545

3,004,488

2,351,960

2,250,018

1,781,347

1,745,207

1,740,718

1,598,103

1,138,688

870,500

832,389

823,749

495,932

445,582

354,483

259,000

128,156,385

19,716,004

147,872,389

34.01

20.27

8.06

6.52

4.50

2.03

1.59

1.52

1.20

1.18

1.18

1.08

0.77

0.59

0.56

0.56

0.34

0.30

0.24

0.18

86.67

13.33

100.00

Voting rights Xero has a single class of Shares on issue. Where voting at a meeting of shareholders is by voice or a show of 
hands, every shareholder present in person, or representative, has one vote. On a poll, every shareholder present in person, or by 
representative, has one vote for each fully paid Share. In practice, Xero ensures that all resolutions at shareholder meetings are 
decided by a poll rather than a show of hands. 

On-market buy-back There is no current on-market buy-back for Xero Shares.

XERO ANNUAL REPORT144

I

D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E
S

Company Information

Donations The Xero Group made charitable donations totalling $145,459 during FY21. The Xero Group made no donations to 
political parties during FY21. 

Company directors The following persons held office as directors of Xero Limited during FY21.

Directors

Directors who ceased to hold office during FY21

David Thodey (Chair)

Steven Aldrich

Mark Cross

Rod Drury

Lee Hatton

Dale Murray

Susan Peterson

Craig Winkler

145

Company subsidiaries and directors as at 31 March 2021 Xero had 21 wholly owned subsidiaries as shown in the table below. The 
following persons held office as directors of Xero’s subsidiary companies during FY21.

Jurisdiction

Subsidiary

Directors

Directors who ceased to 
hold office during FY21

Australia

Hubdoc Pty Limited

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 

Trent Innes 

Chaman Sidhu 

Xero Australia Pty Limited

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 

Trent Innes

Chaman Sidhu 

Xero (Australia) Holdings Pty 

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 

Limited

Trent Innes

Chaman Sidhu 

Waddle Holdings Pty Limited

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 

Waddle Loans Pty Limited

Waddle SaaS Pty Limited

Waddle Servicing Pty Limited

Waddle IP Pty Limited

Canada

Hubdoc Inc.

Xero Software (Canada) Ltd

Hong Kong

Xero (HK) Limited

New Zealand

Xero Investments Limited

Xero (NZ) Limited

Chaman Sidhu 

Simon Creighton

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chaman Sidhu 
Simon Creighton

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chaman Sidhu 
Simon Creighton

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chaman Sidhu 
Simon Creighton

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Chaman Sidhu 
Simon Creighton

Bill Kimball
Andy Burner
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy

Bill Kimball
Andy Burner
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy

Kevin Fitzgerald
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Damien Tampling

Anna Curzon 
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Craig Hudson 

Anna Curzon 
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Craig Hudson 

Xero Trustee Limited

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy

Xero (NZ) Holdings Limited

Anna Curzon 
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Craig Hudson 

Will Buckley (resigned 
effective 15 October 2020)

Will Buckley (resigned 
effective 15 October 2020)

XERO ANNUAL REPORT146

I

D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E
S

Simon Creighton (resigned 
effective 1 October 2020)

New Zealand

Waddle Loans Limited

Singapore

Xero (Singapore) Pte. Ltd

South Africa

Xero South Africa (Pty) Ltd

United Kingdom

Hubdoc (UK) Limited

Xero (UK) Limited

United States

Xero, Inc.

Anna Curzon 
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy 
Damien Tampling 

Kevin Fitzgerald
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Damien Tampling

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Colin Timmis
Gary Turner

Damon Anderson
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Gary Turner

Damon Anderson
Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Gary Turner

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Tony Ward
Andy Burner

Corporate Directory

Registered offices 

Directors 

Leadership team 

Other Company Information

David Thodey, AO (Chair) 
Steven Aldrich
Mark Cross
Rod Drury 
Lee Hatton 
Dale Murray, CBE 
Susan Peterson
Craig Winkler

New Zealand 
19-23 Taranaki Street  
Te Aro, Wellington 6011 
New Zealand 
Contact:  
www.xero.com/about/contact 

Australia
1/6 Elizabeth Street 
Hawthorn, Vic 3122
Australia
Contact:  
www.xero.com/about/contact

Company numbers
183 0488 (New Zealand) 
ARBN 160 661 183 (Australia)

Web address
www.xero.com

Auditor
Ernst & Young

Stock exchange
Xero’s ordinary shares  
are listed on the ASX

Share registrar
Link Market Services Limited
Level 13, Tower 4,  
727 Collins Street
Melbourne, Vic 3000
Australia
Telephone: +61 1300 554 474

Steve Vamos
Chief Executive Officer

Anna Curzon
Chief Product Officer

Kirsty Godfrey-Billy
Chief Financial Officer

Rachael Powell
Chief Customer Officer

Mark Rees
Chief Technology Officer

Nicole Reid
Chief People Officer

Chaman Sidhu
Chief Legal Officer  
& Company Secretary

Damien Tampling
Chief Strategy & Corporate 
Development Officer

Regional Managing 
Directors

Craig Hudson 
Managing Director,  
New Zealand &  
Pacific Islands

Trent Innes 
Managing Director,  
Australia & Asia

Gary Turner 
Managing Director,  
United Kingdom & EMEA

Tony Ward
President, Americas